U. S.

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2023

Registration No. 333-265335

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1

3

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on April 22, 2009                  ;        Registration No. 333-158129

Bio-Solutions Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Nevada020098-0557171

Glucose Health, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware

2833

90-1117742

(State or other jurisdiction

of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S.I.R.S Employer

Identification No.)

609 SW 8th Street

Suite 600

Bentonville, AR 72712

Phone: (479) 802-3827

(Address, including zip code, and telephone

number, including area code, of principal

executive offices)

Murray Fleming

Chief Executive Officer

609 SW 8th Street

Suite 600

Bentonville, AR 72712

Phone: (479) 802-3827

(Address, including zip code, and telephone

number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Joseph M. Lucosky, Esq.

Ross Carmel, Esq.

14517, Joseph Marc Vermette, Mirabel (Québec), Canada

Lawrence Metelitsa, Esq.

J7J 1X2

Carmel Milazzo & Feil LLP

(Address of registrant's principal executive offices)

Lucosky Brookman LLP

(Zip Code)

55 W 39th Street

101 Wood Avenue South

18th Floor

Woodbridge, New Jersey 08830

(888) 686-2611

New York, NY 10018

(732) 395-4500

(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

(212) 658-0458


Bio-Solutions Corp.
14517, Joseph Marc Vermette
Mirabel (Québec), Canada J7J 1X2
Tel: (888) 686-2611
(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

Copies to:
Michael J. Muellerleile, Esq.
M2 Law Professional Corporation
500 Newport Center Drive, Suite 800
Newport Beach, CA 92660
Tel:  (949) 706-1470 / Fax: (949) 706-1475

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time As soon as possible after this registration statementRegistration Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this formForm are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. x

box: ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company.

See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one)
Large accelerated filer  oAccelerated filer                 o
Non-accelerated filer    o(Do

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller Reporting Company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not check if a smaller reporting company)                                              Small reporting company    T



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class
of securities
to be registered
Amount
to be
registered
Proposed maximum
offering price
per share
Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price
Amount of
registration fee
 
Common Stock, $.001 par value
 
5,600,000
 
 
$0.40
 
$2,240,000
 
$124.99

(1 The proposed maximum offering price per share is estimated solelyto use the extended transition period for the purposecomplying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act. The proposed maximum offering price per share is based upon the average of the high and low prices of our common stock as quoted on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board on March 18, 2009 (within 5 business days prior to filing this registration statement).

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Sectionsection 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or until thisthe registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


1



Subject to completion, dated April 22, 2009

The information in this prospectuspreliminary Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. TheWe and the selling shareholders willstockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission isdeclares our registration statement effective. This prospectusProspectus is not an offer to sell these securities andnor does it is not solicitingseek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 9, 2023

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

3,438,402

Shares of Common Stock

gluc_s1img13.jpg

We are offering 2,125,000 shares of the common stock of Glucose Health, Inc. (“Company”, “Glucose Health”, “we”, “our”, or “us), par value $0.001, at an assumed public offering price of $4.00 per share. The assumed public offering price used herein may not be indicative of the final offering price. The final offering price will be as determined between EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC, as representative of the underwriters (“Representative”), and us, at the time of pricing, and may be issued at a discount to the market price of our common stock. Factors to be considered in determining the actual offering price will include our historical performance and capital structure, prevailing capital market conditions and overall assessment of our business. The market price of our common stock will only be one of several factors to be considered in determining the actual offering price.

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “GLUC.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. If our listing application is not approved, we will not proceed with this offering. The listing standards of the Nasdaq include a minimum stock price. Prior to the closing of this offering, we plan to implement a reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock at a ratio of 1-for-10 (“Common Stock Reverse Split”). Other than in our financial statements and notes thereto, and except where otherwise noted, all references to our common stock presented in this prospectus (this “Prospectus”) have been adjusted to reflect our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

Our common stock is presently quoted by OTC Markets under symbol “GLUC”. The last reported sale price of our common stock, on January 6, 2023, was $6.40.

In addition, selling stockholders identified herein (“Selling Stockholders”) are offering a total of 1,313,402 shares of common stock consisting of (i) 103,402 shares of issued and outstanding common stock; (ii) 640,000 shares of common stock underlying the Selling Stockholder’s Series D preferred stock; to be issued upon conversion of their Series D preferred stock to shares of common stock following our Common Stock Reverse Split and prior to closing of this offering, and (iii) 570,000 shares of common stock underlying the Selling Stockholder’s Series E preferred stock; to be issued upon conversion of their Series E preferred stock to shares of common stock following our Common Stock Reverse Split and prior to the closing of this offering. Together, these 1,313,402 shares of common stock offered by Selling Stockholders are defined herein as “Selling Stockholder Shares.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. 

While we may be a “controlled company” under the rules of Nasdaq immediately after consummation of this offering, we do not intend to avail ourselves of the corporate governance exemptions afforded to a “controlled company” under the rules of Nasdaq. See “Risk Factors-Risks Related to this Offering.”

ii

Table of Contents

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this Prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, as well as the information contained in this Prospectus, before purchasing any of the securities offered by this Prospectus. 

 

 

Per Share

 

 

Total

 

Public offering price

 

$4.00

 

 

$8,500,000

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$0.32

 

 

$680,000

 

Proceeds to the Company, before expenses(2,3)

 

$3.68

 

 

$7,820,000

 

Proceeds to Selling Stockholders, before expenses (4)

 

$4.00

 

 

$5,253,608

 

(1)

We have additionally agreed to issue compensatory warrants to the Representative equal to 2% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. If 2,125,000 shares of common stock are sold in this offering, we expect to issue compensatory warrants to purchase 42,500 shares of common stock to the Representative.

(2)

We have agreed to reimburse the Representative for certain cash expenses incurred by them in this offering, up to $150,000. We have additionally agreed to provide the Representative with a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 0.9% of the gross proceeds of this offering. If our gross proceeds of the offering are $8,500,000, we expect to reimburse $76,500 to the Representative. See the “Underwriting” section of this Prospectus for additional details and further information about underwriting compensation.

(3)

The amount of offering proceeds to us does not include any exercise of the (i) over-allotment option we have granted to the Representative as described below, and (ii) exercise of any compensatory warrants being issued to the Representative in this offering.

(4)

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Selling Stockholder Shares by the Selling Stockholders.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

We have granted a 45-day option to the Representative, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to 318,750 additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, at the public offering price per share of common stock, less, in each case, the underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses payable by us to the Representative. The securities issuable upon exercise of this overallotment option are identical to those offered by this Prospectus and have been registered under the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. 

The Representative expects to deliver the Shares to investors on or about , 2023.

EF HUTTON,

division of Benchmark Investments, LLC

The date of this Prospectus is January 9, 2023

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

2

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

2

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

2

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

3

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

10

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 11

RISK FACTORS

15

USE OF PROCEEDS

28

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

29

CAPITALIZATION

30

DILUTION

32

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

33

BUSINESS

38

MANAGEMENT

50

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

53

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

54

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

55

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

56

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

60

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

65

UNDERWRITING

70

LEGAL MATTERS

76

EXPERTS

76

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

76

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1

iv

Table of Contents

Neither we, the Selling Stockholders, the Representative, or the underwriters, have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this Prospectus or any free writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. No person is authorized in connection with this Prospectus to give any information or to make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby, or any matter discussed in this Prospectus, other than the information and representations contained in this Prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you.

This Prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful or in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale of these securities is not permitted.



Preliminary The information contained in this Prospectus,
______________________
Bio-Solutions Corp.
a Nevada corporation
5,600,000 Shares or any free writing Prospectus is accurate only as of Common Stock

This prospectus relates to 5,600,000 sharesits date, regardless of common stockits time of Bio-Solutions Corp., which are issued and outstandingdelivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock, acquiredCommon Stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our Common Stock or possession or distribution of this Prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this Prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this public offering and the distribution of this Prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

1

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Prospectus includes forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the selling security holdersuse of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “seek,” “predict,” “continue,” “possible,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” would” or “should” or, in private placement transactionseach case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, the use of proceeds from this offering, our product candidates, research and development, commercialization objectives, prospects, strategies, the industry in which were exemptwe operate and potential acquisitions or collaborations.

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the registrationimpact of known factors, and, prospectus delivery requirementsof course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and may not be accurate indications of when such performance or results will be achieved. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this Prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition, business, and prospects are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus, those results may not be indicative of results in subsequent periods.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the Securities Actdate of 1933.


Our common stock is quotedthis Prospectus. You should not put undue reliance on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol "BISU". As of March 18, 2009, the closing price was $0.47 per share. The selling stockholders have advised us that they will sell the shares of common stock from timeany forward- looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to timeupdate publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the open market,future. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on the OTC Bulletin Board,our behalf are expressly qualified in privately negotiated transactions or a combination of these methods, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of those shares being offeredtheir entirety by the selling shareholders.
There is a limited trading market for our common stock. We cannot give you any assurance that a more active trading market in our common stock will develop, or if such a market does develop, that it will continue. cautionary statements contained above and throughout this Prospectus.

You should read this prospectus carefully before you investProspectus and the documents that we reference in our common stock offered hereby.


See “Risk Factors” on Pages 5 to7 for factors to be considered before purchasing shares of our common stock.

Neitherthis Prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representationSEC, as exhibits to the contraryregistration statement of which this Prospectus is a criminal offense.

The information in this prospectus is not completepart with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be changed.  This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale of these securities is not permitted.

The date of this prospectus is _________.
Subject to completion.
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Summary 
Risk Factors 
Forward Looking Statements 
Use of Proceeds 
Determination of Offering Price 
Dilution 
Selling Security Holders 8
Plan of Distribution 
Legal Proceedings 9
Directors Executive Officers Promoters and Control Persons 10
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 10
Description of Securities 11
Interest of Named Experts and Counsel 11
Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities 11
Organization Within Last Five Years 11
Description of Business 12
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 13
Description of Property 15
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 16
Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 16
Executive Compensation 18
Financial Statements 19
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 31
Legal Matters 31
Experts 31
Additional Information 31
Indemnification of Directors and Officers 32
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution 32
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 32
Exhibits 33
Undertakings 34
Signatures 35


Outside Back Cover Page

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Until _______, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is inmaterially different from what we expect. In addition to the dealers' obligationsrisk factors set forth above, the factors set forth below under “Risk Factors” and other cautionary statements made in this Prospectus should be read and understood as being applicable to deliverall related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Prospectus.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This Prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data. Unless otherwise indicated, information concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity, and market size, are based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with currently available information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, trade and business organizations, and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. Certain information is based on management estimates, which have been derived from third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research.

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets in which we operate. We believe the estimated market and industry data included in this Prospectus to be reliable. In addition, projections, assumptions, and estimates of the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a prospectus when acting as underwritersvariety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The source of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this Prospectus are the following independent industry publications or reports:

·

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, January 18, 2022, www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/index.html

·

Closing America’s Fiber Intake Gap., July 7, 2016, https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6124841/

·

Nonnutritive Sweeteners: Current Use and Health Perspectives. A Scientific Statement From the American Heart Association and the American Diabetes Association. July 24, 2012, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22777177/

·

The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022, December 16, 2021, diabetesjournals.org/care/article/45/Supplement_1/S60/138923/5-Facilitating-Behavior-Change-and-Well-being-to

·

The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2019 (Abridged for Primary Care Providers), Jan 1, 2019, https://diabetesjournals.org/clinical/article/37/1/11/32671/Standards-of-Medical-Care-in-Diabetes-2019

·

Review of the Scientific Evidence on the Physiological Effects of Certain Non-Digestible Carbohydrates, June 2018, Food and Drug Administration, https://www.fda.gov/files/food/published/Review-of-the-Scientific-Evidence-on-the-Physiological-Effects-of-Certain-Non-Digestible-Carbohydrates-PDF.pdf

The content of the above sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this Prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this Prospectus and is not incorporated herein.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with respectthe operation of our business. This Prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this Prospectus is not intended to, their unsold allotmentsand does not imply a relationship with, or subscriptions.



3


endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this Prospectus Summary

may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

2

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read this summary together with the entire prospectus,Prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and the more detailed informationrelated notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this Prospectus, before making an investment decision. Other than in our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewherethereto, and except where otherwise noted, all references to our common stock presented in this prospectus.

Prospectus have been adjusted to reflect our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

Overview

We are an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages. Our niche is the formulation, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution of soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages. In November 2017, we registered the trademark GLUCODOWN® and have since launched the first soluble fiber infused, powdered iced tea, and flavored drink mixes, in North America. We launched GLUCODOWN® because we identified an absence of product variety and/or nutritional suitability among the healthier beverage offerings from other companies, serving pre-diabetic and diabetic consumers. Nutritional suitability means we apply the nutritional recommendations and guidelines of experts, for example, the American Diabetes Association, to the extent feasible, when formulating our beverages. We are currently in the early stages of marketing and distributing GLUCODOWN®.

We believe the physiological impacts of soluble fiber can nutritionally satisfy other interests of health-conscious consumers, and as result, we plan to launch more soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages, marketed under more brands. Building upon our knowledge capital gained from formulating, manufacturing, marketing, and distributing GLUCODOWN®, we registered the trademark FIBER UP® in September 2020, and are developing our second soluble fiber infused nutritional beverage brand. We plan to launch FIBER UP® as a ready-to-drink beverage and to initially focus our marketing and distribution efforts to persons 45 and older.

Recent Developments

On January 25, 2022, we entered into an investment banking agreement with EF Hutton, which was amended on November 16, 2022. The agreement contemplates the Company raising additional capital in a registered offering, listing on a stock exchange, and preparing a registration statement under the Securities Act. The Company is responsible for EF Hutton’s external counsel legal costs, whether any offering is consummated or not.

Effective on March 11, 2022, we filed Articles of Conversion with the Nevada Secretary of State and a Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Department of State, Division of Corporations and converted to a Delaware corporation.

On March 29, 2022, we merged with a subsidiary, created on March 23, 2022, for the sole purpose of the merger, amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation, and the surviving corporation is Glucose Health, Inc. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 40,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Subsequent Events

On October 9, 2022, 2,133,334 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock and 700,001 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock were converted to a total of 2,833,335 shares of our Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our planned Common Stock Reverse Split).

On October 24, 2022, we filed a Certificate of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation and increased our authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock to 1,200,000 shares, and our authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock increased to 1,440,000 shares. On the same day, we forward split our Series D Preferred Stock at a ratio of 4-for-1, and our Series E Preferred Stock at a ratio of 3-for-1, such that 1,200,000 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock and 1,440,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

On January 3, 2023, 180,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock were converted to 180,000 shares of our Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our planned Common Stock Reverse Split).

As of January 6, 2023, 1,686,197 shares of our Common Stock and 2,627,667 shares of our Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

Market Opportunity - GLUCODOWN®

The National Diabetes Statistics Report (Source: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Website. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/index.html. Accessed April 10, 2022) estimates 96 million adults have pre-diabetes and 37.3 million adults have diabetes. We believe the National Diabetes Statistics Report points to a large and growing market of consumers likely receptive to nutritional beverages which help maintain healthy serum glucose levels (healthy blood sugar). Prior to the introduction of GLUCODOWN®, the only nutritional beverages formulated for healthy blood sugar by the companies addressing this large and growing consumer market, were dairy shakes (ready-to-drink and powder). By formulating a new form of nutritional beverage for this consumer market, delicious tasting iced tea, and drink mixes, we believe GLUCODOWN® will gain market share. We additionally believe, as this market of consumers becomes aware of GLUCODOWN®, they will discontinue purchasing sugar-free and low-calorie beverages from other companies which, while delicious tasting, do not provide the nutritional efficacy of GLUCODOWN®.

Our Business: 
3

Table of Contents

Market Opportunity - FIBER UP®

In addition to helping maintain healthy post-prandial serum glucose levels (blood sugar levels measured after meals), soluble fiber has other important physiological impacts. These include helping maintain healthy triglycerides and cholesterol levels, healthy blood pressure, promoting weight loss and healthy waste circumference, preserving bone density, and maintaining gut health, which includes regular digestion and immune health. We believe these additional nutritional impacts of soluble fiber will enable us to launch more soluble fiber infused beverage brands targeted to satisfying many other interests of health-conscious consumers. In this regard, we plan to launch our second brand, FIBER UP®.  We believe FIBER UP® will expand our Company’s addressable consumer market, from pre-diabetic and diabetic persons served by GLUCODOWN®, to also serve the 95% of Americans understood to be fiber deficient (Source: Closing America’s Fiber Intake Gap. Website https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6124841/. Accessed April 10, 2022). While the beneficial impacts of increasing soluble fiber intake are applicable across all age cohorts, we plan to initially focus our launch of FIBER UP® to persons 45 and older - a consumer market we believe to be underserved by other beverage companies.

Products

GLUCODOWN®

In fourth quarter of 2017, we launched the first soluble fiber infused iced tea mix in North America in four flavors (Peach Tea, Lemon Tea, Raspberry Tea, and Mixed Berry Tea) under the GLUCODOWN® brand to principally serve pre-diabetic and diabetic persons.

gluc_s1img14.jpg

GLUCODOWN® provides nutritional support for the maintenance of healthy blood sugar. The principal ingredient in GLUCODOWN® is a soluble form of dietary fiber invented by Matsutani Chemical Industry Co. Ltd, of Japan. For an ingredient to be labeled as “dietary fiber” in the United States, the ingredient must be determined by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to have at least one physiological impact beneficial to human health (See “Government Regulation”). Dietary fiber has beneficial physiological impacts related to blood sugar and insulin (and other beneficial impacts). These beneficial physiological impacts are also replicated in nutritional investigations made available to us by our ingredient supplier related to their dietary fiber. Several of the nutritional investigations compiled by our ingredient supplier evaluated beverages including tea drinks, coffee drinks and soft drinks, enriched with their dietary fiber, in similar concentrations as GLUCODOWN®. These drinks are analogous to GLUCODOWN®. We derive our statements of nutritional support from the dietary fiber in GLUCODOWN®. 

GLUCODOWN® is also enriched with micronutrients (vitamins and minerals). We selected chromium in picolinate form, zinc in picolinate form, manganese in citrate form and vitamins B1 (thiamine), B6 (pyridoxine), B7 (biotin) and B12 (cyanocobalamin) based upon some evidence of beneficial physiological impacts related to serving our target market of diabetic and pre-diabetic persons. For example, some research indicates regular consumption of metformin may potentially be associated with vitamin B12 deficiency. We formulated these micronutrients at 50% of the FDA recommended % daily value except for chromium picolinate which is 100% of the FDA % daily value. We do not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the micronutrients in GLUCODOWN®. 

GLUCODOWN® is also enriched with an extract of the banaba leaf plant standardized to a 1% concentration of corosolic acid. For more than 2,000 years, to the present day, the leaf of the banaba plant has been utilized in Ayurveda, a traditional form of healing in India, for healthy blood sugar. We do not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the banaba leaf extract in GLUCODOWN®. 

We manufacture GLUCODOWN® in powder form which consumers can use to make their own beverages. We have developed formulations, which we consider trade secrets, of natural flavors (we do not use artificial flavors), flavor enhancing acidulants (citric and malic acid), and for our iced teas, of decaffeinated pure black tea powder sourced directly from India’s largest manufacturer. To make our beverages sweet tasting without sugar, we were informed by the joint scientific statement of the American Heart Association and the American Diabetes Association regarding non-nutritive sweeteners (Source: Nonnutritive Sweeteners: Current Use and Health Perspectives. A Scientific Statement From the American Heart Association and the American Diabetes Association. Website https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22777177/. Accessed August 18, 2022) in our selection of (pure) sucralose for our formulations. While we have, and continue to evaluate other non-nutritive sweeteners as they are introduced by manufacturers, it is our current belief (pure) sucralose is superior to all other non-nutritive sweeteners, based upon our criteria of safety, taste and manufacturing stability

We distinguish the labeling and marketing of our GLUCODOWN® brand with three statements of nutritional support deriving from the physiological impacts of the dietary fiber infused in GLUCODOWN®:

·

Moderate rising glucose levels after meals to maintain healthy post-prandial glycemic response

Our principal business address

·

Block metabolism of dietary sugars and fats to maintain healthy glucose, cholesterol and triglycerides levels.

·

Improve regularity to maintain healthy digestion

In 2021, we extended our GLUCODOWN® product line by launching four new GLUCODOWN® drink (not iced tea) mix flavors (Cherry, Strawberry-Banana, Peach Mango, and Watermelon) also in powder form.

gluc_s1img15.jpg

We manufacture all eight GLUCODOWN® flavor variations in two packaging formats (foil resealable pouches and bulk containers).

4

Table of Contents

Additionally, we are formulating more GLUCODOWN® line extensions to serve prediabetic and diabetic persons, all to be manufactured in powder form, includingflavored instant coffees, such as Mocha Coffee, and Horchata.

gluc_s1img18.jpggluc_s1img19.jpg

We are also developing new GLUCODOWN® packaging formats, including single-serve stick-packs for all our iced tea mix, drink mix and planned future flavor variations.

gluc_s1img20.jpg

However, to launch more GLUCODOWN® line extensions in the current fiscal year, we require additional capital, which we do not presently have.

FIBER UP®

FIBER UP® will be our second soluble fiber infused nutritional beverage brand and our first ready-to-drink (not powder) beverage. We plan to utilize a variation suitable for ready-to-drink beverages, of the same soluble fiber from our ingredient supplier, for FIBER UP®, as we use for GLUCODOWN®. We plan to formulate approximately 5 grams of dietary fiber per serving size (16 oz. bottle) which compares to approximately 4 grams of dietary fiber per serving size (one scoop per 8 oz. of water) for GLUCODOWN®. We plan to distinguish the labeling and marketing of our FIBER UP® brand with four statements of nutritional support deriving from the physiological impacts of the dietary fiber infused in FIBER UP®. Our identified target market consists of health-conscious persons 45 years and older who may be fiber deficient. We believe most Americans are not aware of their fiber deficiency. Accordingly, we intend to emphasize the physiological benefits of our dietary fiber, with four statements of nutritional support prominently displayed in our labeling and marketing, which we believe are compelling to our identified consumer market.

·

Supports a healthy heart

·

Promotes weight loss

·

Preserves bone strength

·

Maintains a healthy gut

Whereas the micronutrients selected for GLUCODOWN® were chosen based upon some evidence of potential physiological benefit targeted to diabetic and pre-diabetic consumers, we intend to enrich FIBER UP® with a broader spectrum of micronutrients targeted to serve health-conscious consumers who may be fiber deficient. For example, we also plan to include calcium in FIBER UP® which complements dietary fiber’s beneficial physiological impacts related to preserving bone strength. We will not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the micronutrients in FIBER UP®

Whereas extract of banaba leaf (for corosolic acid) was selected for GLUCODOWN® based upon its use in Ayurveda traditional healing for healthy blood sugar, we intend to enrich FIBER UP® with a different plant extract, such as ginseng, for which some evidence indicates potential physiological benefit related to heart health, weight loss, bone strength and a healthy gut. We will not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the plant extracts in FIBER UP®.

As we plan to manufacture FIBER UP® as a ready-to-drink beverage, we have developed formulas, which we consider trade secrets, of natural flavors (we do not use artificial flavors), flavor enhancing acidulants (citric and malic acid) and our preferred non-nutritive sweetener, (pure) sucralose. Consumer perception of ready-to-drink beverages is also enhanced by appearance. In this regard, we have utilized colors derived from vegetables to develop vibrant purple and red colors for the FIBER UP® drink flavors we have formulated to date, grape and cherry.

We believe consumer awareness of FIBER UP® will be enhanced by attractive artwork and packaging. We evaluated many different forms of consumer packaging for FIBER UP® and determined aluminum bottles to be the most environmentally friendly due to their essentially infinite recyclability. We considered various aluminum bottle options from different manufacturers and opened an account with our chosen supplier. We have completed the graphic design and labeling for FIBER UP® including review by our FDA/FTC attorney for compliance with applicable regulations and industry guidance statements.

5

Table of Contents

gluc_s1img45.jpggluc_s1img46.jpg

We have also begun early manufacturing, marketing, and distribution planning for FIBER UP®, including hiring a brand management firm to assist us. However, to launch FIBER UP® in the current fiscal year, we require substantial additional capital, which we do not presently have.

Marketing and Distribution

Our most important marketing and distribution objectives are:

(1)

Build awareness of GLUCODOWN® among the persons which comprise our identified pre-diabetic and diabetic consumer market for this brand.

(2)

Increase sales of GLUCODOWN® via direct end-user consumer purchase

(3)

Secure distribution of GLUCODOWN® at national and large regional retailers.

(4)

Grow sales of GLUCODOWN® at the national and large regional retailers who are already our customers.

(5)

Launch FIBER UP® in at least one regional market.

Competition

GLUCODOWN® competes directly on the shelves and/or online at the retailers who are our customers, and online at Amazon, with other nutritional beverages which serve our market niche of pre-diabetic and diabetic consumers. These nutritional beverages include Glucerna®, distributed by Abbott Laboratories; Boost®, distributed by Nestle; Splenda® distributed by Heartland Food Products Group, and Slimfast®, distributed by Glanbia, PLC. Our principal competitors are far larger companies than our Company, with much greater financial and human resources to allocate to their brands. Our principal competitor’s brands all have extensive retailer and online distribution, and established consumer recognition and loyalty.

Nevertheless, GLUCODOWN® has two competitive advantages over our much larger principal competitor’s brands - its nutritional attributes and its product differentiation.

6

Table of Contents

We believe there are four essential nutritional attributes when formulating a nutritional beverage for diabetic and pre-diabetic consumers:

·

No sugar (including no added sugar)

·

No saturated fat

·

Low-calorie (10 calories per serving)

·

Good Source of Fiber (soluble)

Our belief in the nutritional suitability of GLUCODOWN® with respect to our target market, and in particular the essential nature of all four nutritional attributes named above, is informed by the guidelines and recommendations of experts, such as, for example, that published by the American Diabetes Association.

No sugar (including no added sugar)

The consumption of sugar-sweetened beverages…is 14517, Joseph Marc Vermette, Mirabel (Québec), Canada J7J 1X2.  Our telephone number (888) 686-2611.

Westrongly discouraged…”(1)

“People with diabetes and those at risk are a manufactureradvised to…minimize the consumption of a premix productfoods with added sugar…”(2)

No saturated fat

“The type of fats consumed is more important than total amount of fat when looking at metabolic goals and CVD risk, and it is recommended that the percentage of total calories from saturated fats should be limited…”(3)

Low-calorie (10 calories per serving)

“Management and reduction of weight is important for the poultry industry called Nutra-Animal. Nutra-Animal ispeople with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, or prediabetes with overweight or obesity.”(4)

“For some people with diabetes who are accustomed to regularly consuming sugar-sweetened products, non- nutritive sweeteners (containing few or no calories) may be an anti-oxidant containing wheat middlings, vitamin E, calcium carbonate, shrimp flour, sodium, seleniteacceptable substitute for nutritive sweeteners.”(5)

Good Source of Fiber (soluble)

Lifestyle modification focusing on….increase of…viscous fiber…”(6)

(1)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S66.

(2)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S63.

(3)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S66.

(4)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S64.

(5)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2019 (Abridged for Primary Care Providers)” page 17.

(6)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2019 (Abridged for Primary Care Providers)” page 26.

While all our principal competitors utilize dietary fiber, GLUCODOWN® is the only brand, to the best of our knowledge, which possesses all four nutritional attributes identified above. Consistent with their Nutrition Facts panel disclosures, we believe all our principal competitor’s beverages indicate the presence of saturated fat; all our principal competitor’s beverages range between 10x to 19x more calories per serving compared to GLUCODOWN®; and three of our four principal competitors’ beverages indicate the presence of sugar.

Additionally, some of our competitors utilize dietary protein in their formulations. We believe dietary protein supplementation is not scientifically supported for glycemic management (maintaining healthy blood sugar) and is therefore, not nutritionally suitable, for GLUCODOWN®. In support of our belief, we cite The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022 which, on page S66, sub-heading Protein, provides that “[t]here is no evidence that adjusting the daily level of protein intake (typically 1-1.5 g/kg body wt/day or 15-20% total calories) will improve health, and research is inconclusive regarding the ideal amount of dietary protein to optimize either glycemic management or CVD risk (121,153).” (The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022.diabetesjournals.org/care/article/45/Supplement_1/S60/138923/5-Facilitating-Behavior-Change-and-Well-being-to)

GLUCODOWN® is also a unique and distinctive product compared to all others manufactured by our competitors. Our competitor’s products are all dairy shakes (powdered or ready-to-drink) with each brand offering a limited choice of flavors, typically chocolate, strawberry, and vanilla. In contrast, GLUCODOWN® offers an array of delicious iced tea mixes (Peach Tea, Lemon Tea, Raspberry Tea, and Mixed Berry Tea) and delicious (not iced tea) drink mixes (Cherry, Peach-Mango, Strawberry-Banana, and Watermelon).

GLUCODOWN® indirectly competes with a myriad of dietary supplements in tablet and capsule form found in brick-and-mortar retailers and online marketplaces, targeted to our consumer market niche. These dietary supplements include many different plant extracts, such as, for example, cinnamon, bitter melon, fenugreek and others, and some also include many combinations of different plant extracts. The dietary supplements we indirectly compete with further include many vitamins and minerals, such as B12 or chromium, and also include many combinations of these vitamins and minerals (and plant extracts).  The dietary supplements we indirectly compete with are usually not themselves branded but can be marketed by large and well-established vitamin manufacturers with established company brand awareness, who have greater financial, staff and distribution resources, compared to our Company. Nevertheless, we believe that as our GLUCODOWN® brand continues to steadily gain consumer recognition, we will effectively compete against all such dietary supplements.

Although GLUCODOWN® is infused with dietary fiber, we believe it to be a deliciously flavored beverage, which does not directly, or indirectly, compete with dietary fiber supplements. Most dietary fiber supplements are tasteless or alternatively, pleasant tasting, but not conceived by manufacturers as a beverage meant to be also evaluated by consumers based upon delicious taste. Additionally, a number of dietary fiber supplements are “insoluble” dietary fiber which does not possess the properties of soluble fiber, which helps to inhibit the metabolism of dietary sugars into serum glucose (i.e., maintain healthy blood sugar). 

We expect that upon launch, FIBER UP® will compete in the healthy soft drink market segment, which includes but is not limited to other drinks that are fiber infused. Consumer preference for healthier soft drinks is a recognized industry trend with many established brands participating in the market segment. Additionally, there are a myriad of smaller beverage companies that also market healthier soft drinks, each with varying degrees of brand recognition and distribution success and even some, such as Wanu Water, Olipop, Halfday and Gist that have launched soft drinks infused with dietary fiber. As a new entrant to the healthier soft drink consumer market, we expect that FIBER UP® will face intense competition from all healthier drinks generally, and possibly healthier drinks infused with dietary fiber, if and when it is launched.

Despite this intensely competitive market, we believe that FIBER UP® will be successful because it will have two important competitive advantages vs. the many other healthier soft drinks available to consumers today- statements of nutritional support and early-entrant market status in our category segment.

As a consequence of the physiological impacts on the human body of the soluble fiber we plan to infuse in FIBER UP®, we intend to incorporate various statements of nutritional support in our labeling and marketing of FIBER UP®, such as, for example, “supports a healthy heart”. We believe health-conscious consumers will find such statements compelling, particularly in comparison to other healthier beverages. We believe many, if not most, healthier soft-drinks presently marketed to health-conscious consumers, utilize only simple nutritive statements, such as no-sugar, caffeine-free, gluten-free, or low-calorie. We believe our planned statements of nutritional support for FIBER UP® provide important brand differentiation because they are not apparent in the labeling and marketing of other healthier soft drink brands from other beverage companies. We have limited information to assess whether such statements of nutritional support are also present in the labeling and marketing of other healthier soft drinks we believe to be infused with dietary fiber and whether, as a result, whether these brands may pose a competitive threat. We believe consumers at the age of 45 and older, in particular, will be receptive to our statements of nutritional support. If we obtain the capital to launch FIBER UP®, of which there is no certainty, it is our intention to initially focus our limited marketing resources on 45 and older consumers.

7

Table of Contents

In the last two decades, leading beverage companies have marketed, or test-marketed, various fiber infused soft drinks in the United States, without apparent commercial success. In contrast, in Asian countries, particularly with older populations such as Japan, soluble fiber infused soft drinks are today marketed by leading beverage companies with apparent commercial success and brand longevity. We believe consumer interest in the United States in the physiological benefits of soluble fiber is nascent, for reasons of an aging population and increasing health consciousness but, is still not yet at scale for brand investment by leading beverage companies. The current absence of leading beverage companies manufacturing and distributing soluble fiber infused soft drinks in North America provides an early-entrant market opportunity for our Company. If we are successful, we believe we will be among the first beverage companies in North America to launch soluble fiber infused, healthier soft drinks. As an early-entrant in this category segment, we may potentially gain brand recognition and meaningful distribution without having to face direct competition from the leading beverage companies.

Corporate History

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada as Bio-Solutions Corp. on March 27, 2007. From inception, through the third quarter of 2014, we were engaged in various businesses which were unrelated to our current business and corporate officers. On November 19, 2014, we changed our name to Glucose Health, Inc., and our business to that of an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages, which is our business today. Following the name change and the changes in the focus of our business, on April 16, 2018, we filed Form 15 to terminate our registered class of securities and reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at 609 SW 8th Street, Suite 600, Bentonville, AR 72712, and our telephone number is 479-802-3827. Our corporate website is www.glucosehealthinc.com, and our principal product website is www.glucodown.com. Information available on our websites is not incorporated by reference in and is not deemed a part of this Prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

Nasdaq Listing and Reverse Stock Split

We have applied to list of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq under the symbol “GLUC”. There can be no assurance that such listing will be approved or that a liquid trading market will develop. If our listing is not approved, we will not proceed this offering. Nasdaq listing standards include, among other things, a stock price threshold. In order to meet that threshold, we intend to implement a reverse stock split of our Common Stock at a ratio of 1-for-10 prior to the closing of this offering. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the reverse split and all such fractional interests will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock.  Our planned reverse split is referred to herein as our “Common Stock Reverse Split”. Other than in our financial statements and notes thereto, and except where otherwise noted, information presented in this Prospectus indicates our planned Common Stock Reverse Split. 

Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. Such reduced disclosure and corporate governance obligations may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

We are a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies and As a “smaller reporting company,” we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public shareholders.”

8

Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2024 (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur on the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company, we may:

·

present only two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and fish oil.We have conducted studies that we believe demonstrate the positive impactrelated management’s discussion and analysis of Nutra-Animal on growthfinancial condition and reinforcementresults of operations in this Prospectus;

·

avail ourselves of the immune system.exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley;

·

provide reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
Our state of organization: 

·

We were incorporated in Nevadanot require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on March 27, 2007.
executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

9

Summary financial information: Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

Issuer:

The summary financial information set forth below is derived from the more detailed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.  

Glucose Health, Inc.

Securities Offered by us:

2,125,000 shares of Common Stock, at an assumed public offering price of $4.00 per share of Common Stock.

Over-allotment option:

We have prepared our financial statements contained in this prospectus in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted ingranted to the United States. All information should be considered in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. 

 Income Statement
For the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
For the Period from Inception on
March 27, 2007 through
December 31, 2007
    
 Revenue51,64737,951
 Gross Profit (Loss)(10,703)21,806
 Operating Expenses514,18086,459
 Net Loss(529,289)(64,653)
 Net Loss Per Share(0.06)(0.01)

 Balance SheetDecember 31, 2008December 31, 2007
    
 Total Assets194,60979,448
 Total Liabilities169,04014,281
 Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)25,56965,167
    

Number of shares being offered: The selling security holders wantRepresentative a 45-day option to sell 5,600,000purchase up to 318,750 additional shares of our Common Stock at our public offering price of $4.00 per share, in any combination solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

Representative’s warrants:

We have agreed to issue to the Representative compensatory warrants to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal in the aggregate to 2% of the total number of shares issued in this offering. The Representative’s warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 150% of the public offering price per share of Common Stock sold in this offering. The representative’s warrants will only be exercisable during the four and a half-year period commencing six (6) months from the commencement date of sales in this offering. The Representative’s warrants also provide for customary anti-dilution provisions, one-time demand registration right (with a duration of such right not to exceed five years from the commencement of sales of Common Stock in this offering) and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights (with a duration of such rights not to exceed seven years from the commencement of sales of Common Stock in this offering) with respect to the registration of the shares of Common Stock underlying the warrants. The registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part also registers the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s warrants.

Securities Offered by Selling Stockholders

The Selling Stockholders are offering 1,313,402 shares of Common Stock, consisting of (i) 103,402 shares of Common Stock, (ii) 640,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock after our Common Stock Reverse Stock Split, and (iii) 570,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock after our Common Stock Reverse Split.

Common stock issued and outstanding common stock. The selling stockholders have advised us that they will sell thebefore this offering:

1,686,197 shares of common stock from time to time in the open market, on the OTC Bulletin Board, in privately negotiated transactions or a combination of these methods, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices.

Estimated use

Common stock issued and outstanding after this offering1:

5,021,197 shares.

Use of

proceeds:

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $7,593,500 (or approximately $8,755,025 if the Representative exercises its over-allotment option in full) assuming an offering price of $4.00 per share. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of those shares being offeredthe Selling Stockholder Shares by the selling security holders.

Selling Stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for working capital, sales and marketing, research and development, and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Proposed Nasdaq Trading Symbol and Listing:

We have applied to list of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq under the symbol “GLUC”. If our listing is not approved, we will not proceed with this offering.

Common Stock Reverse Split:

We plan to effect a reverse stock split of our Common Stock by a ratio of 1-for-10 prior to the closing of this offering (“Common Stock Reverse Split”). Other than in our financial statements and notes thereto, and except where otherwise noted, information presented in this Prospectus reflects our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

Risk Factors:

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 and the other information contained in this Prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our securities.

Lock-up agreements:

The Company, each of our directors and executive officers, and our 5% and greater shareholders have agreed not to, subject to certain limited exceptions, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of our Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, or to enter into any hedge or other arrangement or any transaction that transfers, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the shares of our Common Stock, in the case of the Company for a period of 360 days after the date of this Prospectus, and in the case of our directors and executive officers and our 5% and greater stockholders for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

4

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, shares of our Common Stock issued and outstanding after this offering excludes the following:

·

1,416,667 shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of the 1-for-1 conversion option of 1,416,667 issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

·

Any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option and underlying the Representative’s warrants.

10

Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following summary statements of operations and balance sheet data for interim period ending September 30, 2022, and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The historical financial data presented below is not necessarily indicative of our financial results in future periods. You should read the summary financial data in conjunction with those financial statements and the accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Our financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations as of and for such periods. The financial statements presented below do not reflect our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

GLUCOSE HEALTH INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

For the nine months ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUE, NET

 

$340,681

 

 

$234,930

 

 

$918,516

 

 

$759,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

186,892

 

 

 

172,898

 

 

 

523,653

 

 

 

479,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

 

153,789

 

 

 

62,032

 

 

 

394,863

 

 

 

279,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

83,748

 

 

 

152,723

 

 

 

385,405

 

 

 

419,230

 

General and administrative

 

 

46,879

 

 

 

28,953

 

 

 

153,827

 

 

 

85,340

 

Professional fees

 

 

15,070

 

 

 

12,091

 

 

 

149,416

 

 

 

49,187

 

Uncollectible receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

145,697

 

 

 

193,767

 

 

 

688,648

 

 

 

553,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

8,092

 

 

 

(131,735)

 

 

(293,785)

 

 

(273,931)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,785)

Total other expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,785)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

8,092

 

 

 

(131,735)

 

 

(293,785)

 

 

(276,716)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

 

 

8,092

 

 

 

(131,735)

 

 

(293,785)

 

 

(276,716)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stock holders

 

 

(25,125)

 

 

(25,125)

 

 

(75,375)

 

 

(74,319)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS AVAILABLE FOR COMMON STOCK HOLDERS

 

$(17,033)

 

$(156,860)

 

$(369,160)

 

$(351,035)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- BASIC AND DILUTED

 

 

13,848,630

 

 

 

13,848,630

 

 

 

13,848,630

 

 

 

12,550,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$0.00

 

 

$(0.01)

 

$(0.02)

 

$(0.02)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON SHAREHOLDERS - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$(0.00)

 

$(0.01)

 

$(0.03)

 

$(0.03)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

11

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUE, NET

 

$953,681

 

 

$480,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

543,639

 

 

 

307,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

 

410,042

 

 

 

173,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

596,936

 

 

 

213,410

 

General and administrative

 

 

92,885

 

 

 

61,735

 

Professional fees

 

 

46,340

 

 

 

82,061

 

Stock compensation

 

 

-

 

 

 

440,694

 

Uncollectible receivables

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

-

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

746,161

 

 

 

797,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(336,119)

 

 

(624,355)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense)

 

 

(2,785)

 

 

(12,156)

Interest income (expense), non-cash item

 

 

-

 

 

 

(5,604)

Recovery of retailer chargebacks

 

 

-

 

 

 

163,765

 

Loss on debt settlement

 

 

-

 

 

 

(14,370)

Gain on forgiveness of accounts payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,042

 

Total other expense

 

 

(2,785)

 

 

146,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(338,904)

 

 

(477,678)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

 

 

(338,904)

 

 

(477,678)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stockholders

 

 

(99,443)

 

 

(49,607)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS AVAILABLE FOR COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

 

$(438,347)

 

 

(527,285)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- BASIC AND DILUTED

 

 

12,877,355

 

 

 

11,467,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$(0.03)

 

$(0.04)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON SHAREHOLDERS - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$(0.03)

 

$(0.05)

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

12

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$308,536

 

 

$752,402

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of $12,052 and $10,742, respectively

 

 

145,476

 

 

 

29,435

 

Inventory

 

 

321,537

 

 

 

267,861

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

-

 

 

 

103,114

 

Total current assets

 

 

775,549

 

 

 

1,152,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Website domains

 

 

3,295

 

 

 

3,295

 

Intellectual assets, net of accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amortization of $300

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$778,844

 

 

$1,156,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$1,452

 

 

$9,555

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

1,452

 

 

 

9,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

1,452

 

 

 

9,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A, $0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Series B, $0.075 stated value, 3,466,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,133,334 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

 

2,133

 

 

 

2,133

 

Series C, $0.075 stated value, 866,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

866,668 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

 

867

 

 

 

867

 

Series D, $0.25 stated value, 1,200,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,200,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

1,200

 

Series E, $0.667 stated value, 1,440,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,440,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

1,440

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,848,630 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

 

13,849

 

 

 

13,849

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

8,829,373

 

 

 

8,829,373

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(8,071,470)

 

 

(7,702,310)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

777,392

 

 

 

1,146,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$778,844

 

 

$1,156,107

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

13

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$752,402

 

 

$69,151

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,742 and $742, respectively

 

 

29,435

 

 

 

18,048

 

Inventory

 

 

267,861

 

 

 

254,122

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

103,114

 

 

 

-

 

Total current assets

 

 

1,152,812

 

 

 

341,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Website domains

 

 

3,295

 

 

 

3,295

 

Intellectual assets, net of accumulated amortization of $300

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$1,156,107

 

 

$344,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$9,555

 

 

$-

 

Accrued interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

27,604

 

Convertible note payable, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

112,157

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

9,555

 

 

 

139,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

9,555

 

 

 

139,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A, $0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Series B, $0.075 stated value, 3,466,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,133,334 shares and 3,466,668 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

2,133

 

 

 

3,467

 

Series C, $0.075 stated value, 866,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

866,668 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

867

 

 

 

867

 

Series D, $0.25 stated value, 1,200,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,200,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

1,200

 

Series E, $0.667 stated value, 1,440,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,440,000 shares and -0- shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,848,630 and 11,627,949 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

13,849

 

 

 

11,628

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

8,829,373

 

 

 

7,451,655

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(7,702,310)

 

 

(7,263,963)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

1,146,552

 

 

 

204,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$1,156,107

 

 

$344,616

 

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

14

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


In addition

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before making a decision to invest in our securities, you should carefully consider the risks that are described in this section and elsewhere in this Prospectus. Additional risks not presently known or that we currently deem immaterial could also materially and adversely affect us. You should consult your own financial and legal advisors as to the other informationrisks entailed by an investment in our securities and the suitability of investing in our securities in light of your particular circumstances. If any of the risks contained in this prospectus,Prospectus develop into actual events, our assets, business, cash flows, condition (financial or otherwise), credit quality, financial performance, liquidity, long-term performance goals, prospects, and/or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, the trading price of our Common Stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in this Prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, should be considered carefully in evaluating our business before purchasing any of our shares of common stock. A purchase of our common stock is speculative in nature and involves a lot of risks. Any person who cannot afford the loss of his or her entire purchase price for the offered shares should not purchase of the offered shares because such a purchase is highly speculative and involves significant risks. Our business objectives must also be considered speculative, and we cannot guaranty that we will satisfy those objectives. Purchasers of the offered shares may not realize any return on their purchase of the offered shares. Purchasers may lose their investments in us completely.


constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to our Business:


Our Company and Business

We have a limited operating history upon whichand may not be able to operate our business successfully.

On November 19, 2014, we changed our name to Glucose Health, Inc., and our business to that of an evaluationown-label distributor of nutritional beverages. Our business has a relatively limited operating history. Historical results are not indicative of, and may be substantially different than, the results we achieve in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be able to operate our business successfully or implement our operating policies and strategies. The results of our prospectsoperations depend on several factors, our success in attracting and retaining motivated and qualified personnel, the availability of adequate short and long-term financing, conditions in the financial markets, and general economic conditions. In addition, our future operating results and financial data may vary materially from the historical operating results and financial data as well as the pro forma operating results and financial data because of a number of factors, including costs and expenses associated with being a public company.

We have limited capital resources, and we will need to raise additional capital through additional funding raises. Such funding, if obtained, could result in substantial dilution or significant debt service obligations. We may not be able to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms in a timely manner, which could adversely affect our liquidity, financial position, and ability to continue operations.

As of September 30, 2022, we had a cash balance of $308,536. We thus have limited capital resources and require the funds from this offering to continue and grow our business. Even if we substantially increase revenue and reduce operating expenses, we will need to raise additional capital. In order to continue operating, we may need to obtain additional financing, either through borrowings, private offerings, public offerings, or some type of business combination, such as a merger, or buyout, and there can be made.


no assurance that we will be successful in such pursuits. We were formedmay be unable to acquire the additional funding necessary to continue operating. Accordingly, if we are unable to generate adequate cash from operations, and if we are unable to find sources of funding, it may be necessary for us to sell one or more lines of business or all or a portion of our assets, enter into a business combination, or reduce or eliminate operations. These possibilities, to the extent available, may be on March 27, 2007.terms that result in significant dilution to our shareholders or that result in our investors losing all of their investment in our company.

If we are able to raise additional capital, we do not know what the terms of any such capital raising would be. In addition, any future sale of our equity securities would dilute the ownership and control of your shares and could be at prices substantially below prices at which our shares currently trade. Our lackinability to raise capital could require us to significantly curtail or terminate our operations. We may seek to increase our cash reserves through the sale of operating historyadditional equity. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional and potentially substantial dilution to our shareholders. In addition, our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure to raise additional funds on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

15

Table of Contents

The loss of key officers, executives or personnel, or the animal feed industry, which makes an evaluationinability of replacements to quickly and successfully perform in their new roles could adversely affect our business.

We depend on the leadership and experience of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Murray Fleming. The loss of his services could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, very difficult. Our prospects mustas we may not be considered speculative, considering the risks, expenses,able to find suitable individuals to replace our Chief Executive Officer and difficulties frequently encounteredChief Financial Officer on a timely basis or without incurring increased costs, or at all. Furthermore, if in the establishmentfuture, we lose or terminate the services of one or more of our key employees or if one or more of our current or former executives or key employees joins a new business.competitor or otherwise competes with us, it could impair our business and our ability to successfully implement our business plan. Additionally, if in the future, we are unable to hire qualified replacements for our executive and other key positions in a timely fashion, our ability to execute our business plan would be harmed. Even if we can quickly hire qualified replacements, we would expect to experience operational disruptions and inefficiencies during any transition. We cannot be certainbelieve that our business will be successful or that we will generate significant revenues and become profitable.


We have limited revenues to sustain our operation

We are a small company that is currently developing our business. To date, we have only generated very limited revenues. Thefuture success of our business operations will depend on our continued ability to obtain clientsattract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. There is a high level of competition for experienced, successful personnel in our industry. Our inability to meet our executive staffing requirements in the future could impair our growth and harm our business.

We are dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified technical, sales and managerial personnel.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical, sales and managerial personnel. Competition for such personnel in the beverage industry is intense and we may not be able to attract and retain additional highly qualified technical, sales and managerial personnel in the future. Any inability to attract and retain the necessary technical, sales and managerial personnel could materially adversely affect us.

Our financial statements may be materially affected if our estimates prove to be inaccurate as a result of our limited experience in making critical accounting estimates.

Financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP require the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. These estimates, judgments, and assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, if they prove to be wrong, then we face the risk that charges to income will be required. In addition, because we have limited operating history and limited experience in making these estimates, judgments, and assumptions, the risk of future charges to income may be greater than if we had more experience in these areas. Any such charges could significantly harm our financial condition, results of operations, and the price of our securities.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, which could cause fluctuations in the price of our securities. 

We are subject to the following factors that may negatively affect our operating results:

·

the announcement or introduction of new products by our competitors;

·

our ability to upgrade and develop our systems to accommodate growth;

·

our ability to attract and retain key personnel in a timely and cost-effective manner;

·

the amount and timing of operating costs relating to the expansion of our business operations;

·

our ability to identify and enter into relationships with appropriate and qualified third-party providers for operations, tolling and contract manufacturing services;

·

regulation by federal, state, or local governments;

·

general economic conditions;

·

economic conditions specific to the nutritional beverage industry, including for ingredient suppliers, tolling and contract manufactures, packaging suppliers and printers, warehousing, and logistics providers;

·

various risks related to health epidemics, pandemics, and similar outbreaks, such as the coronavirus disease 2019 (“COVID-19”) pandemic, which may have material adverse effects on our business, financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

16

Table of Contents

As a result of our limited operating history and the nature of the markets in which we compete, it is difficult for us to forecast our revenues or earnings accurately. As a strategic response to changes in our competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain decisions concerning production, marketing and distribution of our products that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Due to the foregoing factors, our quarterly revenues and operating results are difficult to forecast. 

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential cyberattacks, security problems, or other disruption and expanding social media vehicles present new risks.

We rely on information technology networks such as EDI (electronic data interchange), and the internet, to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support a variety of business processes, including financial transactions and records, billing, and operating data. We may purchase some of our information technology from vendors, on whom our systems will depend, and we rely on commercially available systems, software, tools, and monitoring to provide qualitysecurity for processing, transmission, and storage of confidential operator and other customer information. We depend upon the secure transmission of this information over public networks. Our networks and storage applications could be subject to unauthorized access by hackers or others through cyberattacks, which are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated, or by other means, or may be breached due to operator error, malfeasance, or other system disruptions. In some cases, it will be difficult to anticipate or immediately detect such incidents and the damage they cause. Any significant breakdown, invasion, destruction, interruption, or leakage of information from our systems could harm our reputation and business.

Further, in the normal course of our business, we collect, store, and transmit proprietary and confidential information regarding our customers, employees, suppliers, and others, including personally identifiable information. An operational failure or breach of security from increasingly sophisticated cyber threats could lead to loss, misuse, or unauthorized disclosure of this information about our customers, employees, suppliers, and others, which may result in regulatory or other legal proceedings, and have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation. We also may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber-attacks. Any such attacks or precautionary measures taken to prevent anticipated attacks may result in increasing costs, including costs for additional technologies, training, and third-party consultants. The losses incurred from a breach of data security and operational failures as well as the precautionary measures required to address this evolving risk may adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to significant competition from large multinational companies.

The business of making and distributing nutritional beverages is highly competitive. The principal areas of competition include pricing, packaging, distribution channel penetration, development of new products and line extensions and marketing campaigns. Our products compete with a wide range of nutritional beverages produced principally by very large multinational companies, which have substantially greater financial, marketing and distribution resources and brand name recognition than we do. 

Our planned FIBER UP® brand may be subject to those clients.significant competition from small companies and large companies.

FIBER UP® will likely compete with fiber infused healthier beverages which smaller companies appear to be developing and/or marketing. We have limited knowledge of their formulations (including form of dietary fiber), their brand awareness and marketing and their distribution success.  This makes it difficult to assess the extent of these brands competitive threat, if any. While we believe the leading beverage companies are not currently developing fiber infused healthier beverages for North America, they do market and distribute such beverages overseas, and we may face significant competition which could negatively impact our business, if they choose to market these same beverages or other fiber infused beverages they develop in North America.

We compete in an industry that is brand-conscious, so brand name recognition and acceptance of our products are critical to our success and significant marketing and advertising will be needed to achieve and sustain brand recognition.

The business of making and distributing nutritional beverages is substantially dependent upon brand awareness and market acceptance of our products by consumers. The development of brand awareness and market acceptance is likely to require significant marketing and advertising expenditures. Even if we are able to engage in such marketing and advertising efforts, there can be no assurance that we will achieve and maintain satisfactory levels of brand awareness and market acceptance by consumers. Any failure of our brands to achieve brand awareness and market acceptance would likely have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, and results of operations.

17

Table of Contents

We are dependent on a limited number of raw materials suppliers and a limited number of tolling and contract manufacturers, which may affect our ability to procure our inputs and produce our products in a timely manner. If we are not able to predictensure timely product deliveries, our customers may not order our products, and our revenues may decrease.

We rely on a limited number of specialized companies to supply certain of our raw materials, including Archer Daniels Midland/Matsutani, Jiaherb, DSM Fortitech ,Virginia Dare and AVT Tea, and a limited number of tolling and contract manufacturing companies, including Balchem, that have the necessary expertise to manufacture our products. Tolling means we ship primary ingredients to a third-party manufacturing facility for processing, in accordance with our master specifications, into a secondary ingredient, which is then shipped to another third-party manufacturing facility for assembly into a finished good, in accordance with our master specifications. Contract manufacturing means we ship primary and/or secondary ingredients, plus packaging, to a third-party manufacturing facility for assembly into a finished good, in accordance with our master specifications. These suppliers and tolling and contract manufacturers may be unable to satisfy our requirements, on a timely basis.

Because we cannot easily source our raw materials or our tolling/contract manufacturing to other providers, we are susceptible to delays, which can cause us to not have sufficient inventory to meet our customer’s demands.  Not only can this adversely affect our revenues, it may jeopardize our relationships with our customers. In the event any of our suppliers and tolling and contract manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to serve us, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable alternatives. There is no assurance that we would be able to find such alternatives on a timely basis, or at all. An extended interruption in the supply of our products would result in decreased product sales and our revenues would likely decline.

We depend upon our tolling and contract manufacturers to warehouse our raw materials

We have no facilities of our own to warehouse our raw materials. Instead, we rely on our tolling and contract manufacturers to provide space to us and stage our raw materials for production. While we have negotiated favorable fees for this, there can be no certainty these costs won’t rise and reduce our gross margins. If our tolling and contract manufacturers were to decide not to warehouse and stage our raw materials, this would have a very significant impact on our ability to manufacture any product at all in a cost-effective manner, and our business would materially suffer.

Some of the ingredients we use are only available from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers.  If the single supplier is unable to source raw materials, it could cause production delays and significantly disrupt our business.

We depend upon single suppliers for some of our key ingredients such as our soluble fiber. Unforeseen discontinuation or unavailability of certain ingredients, each of which we currently primarily source from single supplier, could cause backorders. If we were to experience a significant or prolonged shortage of critical ingredients from any of our suppliers and could not procure the components from other sources, we would be unable to manufacture our products and ship them to our customers in a timely fashion, or at all, which would cause production delays and adversely affect our sales, margins and customer relations.

If our sole source supplier was to go out of business or suspend services, we might be unable to find a replacement for such source in a timely manner or at all. Similarly, if any future sole source supplier were to be acquired by a competitor, that competitor may elect not to sell to the Company in the future. Any inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate terms could cause production delays and have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Increasesin cost or shortages of raw materials could harm our business.

Increases in costs of our raw materials produced by shortages or inflation will result in increased costs of production. We are uncertain whether we will be able to pass any of such increases on to our customers. We do not use hedging agreements or alternative instruments to manage the risks associated with securing our raw materials. In addition, some of our raw materials are only available from a single or a limited number of suppliers. As alternative sources of supply may not be available, any increase in costs or interruption in the supply of such raw materials might materially harm us.

To mitigate the effect on our business of supply chain disruptions, we need to substantially increase inventory.

We believe that raw materials shipment and manufacturing delays are now effectively routine. To avoid product outages and loss of revenue, which are a consequence of these delays, we need hold substantially more finished goods inventory. We presently do not have available capital to substantially increase our finished goods inventory, which may impact our product availability and revenues for the remainder of the fiscal year.

Our failure to accurately estimate demand for our products could adversely affect our business.

We may not correctly estimate demand for our products. If we materially underestimate demand for our products and are unable to secure sufficient raw materials, we might not be able to satisfy consumer demand for our nutritional beverages, on a short-term basis, when we run out of inventory to sell, in which case our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to develop successful new products, which could impede our growth and cause us to sustain future losses.

Part of our business strategy is to increase our sales through the development of new products and line extensions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to develop, market, sell and distribute new products and line extensions that will enjoy consumer or retailer buyer acceptance. The failure to develop new products or line extensions that gain consumer or retailer buyer acceptance could have an adverse impact on our growth and materially adversely affect our financial condition.

Our lack of product diversification and inability to timely introduce new or alternative products could cause us to cease operations. 

Our business is focused on GLUCODOWN® and generateour second brand FIBER UP® is only in early development and not yet commercialized. The risks associated with focusing on such a limited product line are substantial. If consumers do not accept our products or if there is a general decline in market demand for, or any significant revenues. Ifdecrease in, the consumption of nutritional beverages, we are not ablefinancially or operationally capable of introducing alternative products within a short time frame. As a result, such lack of acceptance or market demand decline could cause us to completecease operations.

18

Table of Contents

Low demand for new products and the inability to develop and introduce new products at favorable margins could adversely impact our performance and prospects for future growth.

The uncertainties associated with developing and introducing new products, such as market demand and costs of development and production, may impede the successful development and introduction of our business plan, generate significant revenuesnew products on a consistent basis. Introduction of new technology may result in higher costs to us than that of the technology replaced. That increase in costs, which may continue indefinitely or until increased demand and attain sustainable operations, then our business will fail.


We have incurred a net loss since inception and expect to incur net losses for the foreseeable future.

Our accumulated deficit through December 31, 2008 was $593,942. We expect to incur operating and capital expenditures for the next year and, as a result, we expect significant net lossesgreater availability in the future. We will need to generate significant revenues to achievesources of the new technology drive down its cost, could adversely affect our results of operations. Market acceptance of the new products introduced in recent years and maintain profitability. Wescheduled for introduction in future years may not be ablemeet sales expectations due to generate sufficient revenues to achieve profitable operations.

We are dependent on one supplier forvarious factors, such as the main ingredient used in our product, and we do not currently have any other source for that ingredient.

We rely on one key supplier for the main ingredient used in our product. We cannot guaranty that the said supplier will continue to supply us with the main ingredient used in our product. In the event that we cannot buy the ingredient from that supplier, we will need to develop a relationship with another supplier. Our failure to develop another relationship with a different supplier will significantly affectaccurately predict market demand, end-user preferences, evolving industry standards, or the emergence of new or disruptive technologies. Moreover, the ultimate success and profitability of the new products may depend on our ability to generate significant revenues.

Four customers account for a majority of our revenue,resolve technical and the loss of those customers would resulttechnological challenges in a loss of a significant amount of our revenues.

Approximately 93% of our revenue was generated by four customers that were all considered to be major customers. A major customer is one that represents at least 10% of our revenue. If we were to lose any of those major customers, we would lose a significant amount of our revenues.

We may not be able to compete effectively with other resellers, manufacturerstimely and wholesalers of animal feed.

The animal feed industry is significantly competitive. We have competitors that have been providing traditional animal feed, including chicken pre-mix, for many yearscost-effective manner. Our investments in productive capacity and have more resources than we do. Many of those competitors have significantly greater financial, human and marketing resources than we have. As a result, these competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products than we do. If we do not compete effectively with current and future competitors, we may be unable to secure client contracts, or we may be required to reduce our rates in order to compete effectively. This could result in a reduction in our revenues, resulting in lower earnings or operating losses.

We anticipate that we may need to raise additional capital to market our products and expand our operations. Our failure to raise additional capital will significantly affect our abilitycommitments to fund our proposed activities.

Weadvertising and product promotions in connection with these new products could erode profits if those expectations are currently not engaged in any sophisticated marketing program to market our products, because we lack capital and revenues to justify the expenditure. Our strategy is to negotiate distribution agreements to lower these expenses. We believe that we will need to raise $250,000 to fully implement our business plan.

met.

If we are unable to successfully execute our growth strategy,maintain good relationships with retailers and maintain good standing in online marketplaces, our business could suffer.

Our access to the customers of retailers and future results of operations may suffer.


Our growth strategy includes increasingour access to online marketplaces are both material to our success. If we are unable to maintain our good relationships with retailers and maintain our good standing in online marketplaces, our revenues could decline significantly. Unilateral decisions could be taken by the number of clients that we serve, selectively expandingbuyers at retailers, or by the geographic reachpolicy-makers at our online marketplaces, to discontinue carrying any or all of our products, at any time, which could cause our business to suffer.

Even if we maintain good relationships with retailers, they might not approve our cost increases.

We are effectively limited to proposing annual price increases at our retailer customers, because we generally only meet annually with product buyers at our retailer customers.  Buyers have not in the past and broadeningmay not in the scope of our products offerings. In connectionfuture, agree with our growth strategy, we will be required to increase our sales and marketing efforts. Our growth strategy exposes us toproposed price increases. As a number of risks, including the following:


·  geographic expansion requires start-up costs, and often requires lower rates to generate initial business. In addition, geographic expansion may disrupt our patterns to and from and within the expanded area and may expose us to areas where we are less familiar with customer rates, operating issues and the competitive environment;
·  growth may strain our management, capital resources and customer service;
·  hiring new employees may increase training costs and may result, in temporary inefficiencies as the employees learn their jobs; and
·  expanding our products offerings may require us to enter into new markets and compete with additional competitors.

We cannot guaranty that we will overcome the risks associated with our growth. If we fail to overcome such risks, we may not realize additional revenue or profitability from our efforts andearn less gross profit margin over time, the longer we serve a retailer customer. 

We may incur additional expenses.


5

Outbreaksmaterial losses as a result of livestock disease can adversely affect sales of our products.

Outbreaks of livestock diseases can significantly affect demand for our products. An outbreak of disease could result in governmental restrictions on the sale of livestock products to or from customers, or require our customers to destroy their chickens. This could result in the cancellation of orders by our customers and create adverse publicity that may have a material adverse effect on the agricultural products industry and our ability to market our products successfully.

We have limited marketing and sales capabilities.

Our future success depends, to a great extent, on our ability to successfully market our products. We currently have limited sales and marketing capabilities. Consequently, we will need to identify and successfully target particular market segments in which we believe we will have the most success. These efforts will require a substantial, but unknown, amount of effort and resources. We cannot assure you that any marketing and sales efforts undertaken by us will be successful or will result in any significant sales. Our strategy is to negotiate distribution agreements to increase our market penetration.

Our products and processes can expose us to product liability claims.

Product liability claims or product recalls can adversely affect our business reputation and expose us to increased scrutiny by provincial and governmental regulators. The packaging, marketing and distribution of agricultural feed products entail an inherent risk of product liability and product recall and the resultant adverse publicity. product liability.

We may be subject to significant liabilityliable if the consumption of any of our products causes injury, illness, or death of livestock, other animals or humans.death. We couldalso may be required to recall certainsome of our products if they become contaminated or are damaged or mislabeled. A significant product liability judgment against us, or a widespread product recall, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The amount of the insurance we carry is limited, and that insurance is subject to certain exclusions and may or may not be adequate.

Litigation may adversely affect our business.

From time to time in the eventnormal course of contaminationour business operations, we may become subject to litigation involving intellectual property, data privacy and security, consumer protection, commercial disputes and other matters that may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required. We may also be subject to a variety of claims including product liability, and consumer protection claims, among other litigation. The cost to defend such litigation may be significant and may require a diversion of our resources. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or damagewhether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, insurance may not cover existing or future claims, be sufficient to fully compensate us for one or more of such claims or continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and resulting in a reduction in the products.trading price of our stock.

We face risks related to Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) which could significantly disrupt our business.

Our business has been and may continue to be adversely impacted by the effects of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19). In addition to global macroeconomic effects, the risksNovel Coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and any other related adverse public health developments has and may continue to cause disruption to our operations and sales activities. Our third-party vendors, third-party distributors, and our customers have been and will be disrupted by worker absenteeism, quarantines, and restrictions on employees’ ability to work, office and factory closures, disruptions to ports and other shipping infrastructure, border closures, or other travel or health-related restrictions. Depending on the magnitude of product liabilitysuch effects on our activities or product recall duethe operations of our third-party vendors and third-party distributors, the supply of our products will be delayed, which could adversely affect our business, operations, and customer relationships. In addition, the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) or other disease outbreak will in the short-run and may over the longer term adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that will affect demand for our products and services and impact our operating results. There can be no assurance that any decrease in sales resulting from the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) will be offset by increased sales in subsequent periods. Although the magnitude of the impact of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak on our business and operations remains uncertain, the continued spread of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) or the occurrence of other epidemics and the imposition of related public health measures and travel and business restrictions will adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flows. In addition, we have experienced and will experience disruptions to deficiencies causedour business operations resulting from quarantines, self-isolations, or other movement and restrictions on the ability of our employees to perform their jobs that may impact our ability to develop and design our products and services in a timely manner or meet required milestones or customer commitments.

19

Table of Contents

Prolonged economic downturn, particularly in light of the COVID-19 pandemic and international conflicts, could adversely affect our business.

Uncertain global economic conditions, in particular in light of the COVID-19 pandemic and international conflicts, could adversely affect our business. Negative global and national economic trends, such as decreased consumer and business spending, high unemployment levels and declining consumer and business confidence, pose challenges to our business and could result in declining revenues, profitability, and cash flow. Although we continue to devote significant resources to support our brands, unfavorable economic conditions may negatively affect demand for our products. 

Risks related to our Intellectual Property

If we fail to protect our compositions and methods with patents, competitors may be able to use our compositions and methods, to weaken our competitive position, reduce our net revenue, and increase our costs.

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection to help prevent compositions and methods that we have developed, or may develop or acquire in the future, from being used by our productioncompetitors to weaken our competitive position. We have a patent pending before the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”). But patent applications can take many years to issue, and there is no assurance that our current patent application, or processing operations,any future patent applications, will be granted. If we are unable to obtain patent protection for our current or future applications, we may encounternot be able to successfully prevent our competitors from imitating or copying our products or using some or all of the sameprocesses that are the subject of such patent application(s). Such imitation, or copying, may lead to increased competition within the finite market for products such as ours. Even if our patent application was granted, our intellectual property rights may not be sufficiently comprehensive to prevent our competitors from developing similar competitive products.

There are multiple risks ifinherent in patent litigation. In patent litigation in the U.S., defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, as are validity challenges by the defendant against the subject patent or other patents before the USPTO. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement, failure to meet the written description requirement, indefiniteness, and/or failure to claim patent eligible subject matter. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent intentionally withheld material information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before the USPTO even outside the context of litigation, in for example, post-grant review proceedings and inter partes review proceedings. The outcome is unpredictable following any legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that no invalidating prior art existed of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. These assertions may also be based on information known to us or the USPTO. If a defendant or third party tamperswere to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the claims of the challenged patent. Such a loss of patent protection would or could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Even if the validity of our patent rights is upheld by a court, a court may not prevent the alleged infringement of our patent rights on the grounds that such activity is not covered by our patent claims. Although we may aggressively pursue anyone whom we reasonably believe is infringing upon our intellectual property rights, initiating, and maintaining suits against third parties that may infringe upon our intellectual property rights will require substantial financial resources. We may not have the financial resources to bring such suits, and if we do bring such suits, we may not prevail. Regardless of our success in any such actions, we could incur significant expenses in connection with such suits.

20

Table of Contents

If our products. trademarks and brand names are not adequately protected, that could adversely impact our ability to build name recognition in certain markets.

We rely on trademarks, service marks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our nutritional beverages from those of competitors and have registered these trademarks. Our registered or unregistered trademarks, service marks, trade names and brand names may be challenged, infringed, diluted, circumvented, or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. Additionally, we cannot assure you that our future trademark applications will be approved. During trademark registration proceedings, we willmay receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in proceedings before the USPTO third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources towards advertising and marketing new brands. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, which could harm our brand identity and lead to market confusion. Certain of our current or future trademarks may become so well known by the public that their use becomes generic and they lose trademark protection. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition through our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be requiredable to perform product recalls,compete effectively and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If we cannot keep our trade secrets, which includes our formulas, compositions and methods, and knowledge capital (know-how), confidential, that could adversely impact our competitive position and reduce our revenue.

We rely on trade secrets and other proprietary information. We seek to protect this confidential information, in part, through the use of confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, advisors and others. Nonetheless, we cannot assure you that those agreements will provide adequate protection and prevent their unauthorized use or disclosure. To the extent that consultants, key employees or other third parties apply trade secrets independently developed by them or by others to our proposed products, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to such products which may not be resolved in our favor. There is a risk that other parties may breach confidentiality agreements or that product liabilityour trade secrets and other proprietary information become known or independently discovered by competitors, which could adversely affect our revenue.

Third-party claims will not be assertedof infringement against us in the future. Any claims that may be made may create adverse publicity that would negativelycould adversely affect our ability to market our products successfully.


Our officers and directorsrequire us to reformulate our products or seek licenses from third parties.

We are engaged in other activitiessusceptible to intellectual property lawsuits that could conflict withcause us to incur substantial costs, pay substantial damages, or prohibit us from distributing our interests. Thereforeproducts. Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which later may result in issued patents that our officersproducts may infringe. If any of our products infringe a valid patent, we could be prevented from distributing that product unless and directorsuntil we can obtain a license or reformulate it to avoid infringement. A license may not devote sufficient timebe available or may require us to pay substantial royalties. We also may not be successful in any attempt to reformulate the product to avoid any infringement. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and we may not have the financial and human resources to defend ourselves against any infringement suits that may be brought against us.

We may employ individuals who were previously employed by companies that are developing beverage products, including our competitors or potential competitors. To the extent our employees are involved in research areas which are similar to those areas in which they were involved at their former employers, we may be subject to claims that such employees and/or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims, which could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and which may have a material adverse effect on us, even if we are successful in defending such claims.

21

Table of Contents

Risks related to Government Regulation

We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints, which can make compliance costly and subject us to enforcement actions by governmental agencies.

Formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, holding, storage, distribution, advertising, and sale of our products are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations and policies, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints at the federal, state, and local levels. There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with all of these regulations. A failure by us to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to governmental investigations, civil and criminal prosecutions, administrative hearings and court proceedings, civil and criminal penalties, injunctions against product sales or advertising, civil and criminal liability for the Company and/or its principals, bad publicity, and tort claims arising out of governmental or judicial findings of fact or conclusions of law adverse to the Company or its principals. In addition, the adoption of new regulations and policies or changes in the interpretations of existing regulations and policies may result in significant new compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales, and may adversely affect the marketing of our products, resulting in decreases in revenues.

Our principal regulator, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has not passed on the efficacy of our products or the accuracy of any claim we make related to our affairs,products.

FDA does not, and has not, reviewed or passed on the efficacy of any of our products, which are classified as conventional foods, nor has it reviewed or approved any nutritional claims of support we make related to our conventional food beverages.

The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) conducts unannounced on-premises inspections of our facilities and records.

We are subject to periodic unannounced visits by FDA officers who inspect our facilities and records. Even though we are an own-label distributor and utilize tolling and contract manufactures to produce our products, we still must maintain extensive records including certificates of analysis for all ingredients we use, master specifications for our products and certain batch production and testing records. Keeping such records is time-consuming and costly and if our record-keeping is deemed deficient, we could receive warning letters or other more serious administrative actions could take place that could harm our business and reputation with customers.

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) prohibits use of any consumer testimonials in our marketing

In December 2009, the FTC substantially revised its Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising, or “Endorsement Guides,” to eliminate a safe harbor principle that formerly recognized that Companies like ours could publish consumer testimonials that conveyed truthful but extraordinary results from using our products as long as we clearly and conspicuously disclosed that the endorser’s results were not typical. This change makes it more difficult to communicate the benefits of our nutritional beverages to consumers and our revenues may not grow if we can’t find other compliant means to reach our customers.

Risks Related to this Offering

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Murray Fleming, holds all our Series A Voting Preferred Stock and maintains the ability to control substantially all matters submitted to shareholders for approval.

Our Series A Voting Preferred Stock voting shares may, if exercised, control the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Murray Fleming, holds all shares of our Series A Voting Preferred Stock and has the right to vote the number of votes equal to all shares of Common Stock which are then issued and outstanding, plus an additional 10,000 shares. Therefore, Mr. Fleming maintains the ability to control substantially all matters submitted to shareholders for approval due to the voting rights features of the Series A Voting Preferred Stock. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of us on terms that other shareholders may desire. As a result, currently, and after this offering, Mr. Fleming will possess significant influence and can elect a majority of our Board and authorize or prevent proposed significant corporate transactions without the votes of any other stockholders. Mr. Fleming is expected to have significant influence over a decision to enter into any corporate transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders, regardless of whether or not our other stockholders believe that such transaction is in our best interests. Such concentration of voting power could have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change of control or other business combination, which could, in turn, have an adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock or prevent our shareholders from realizing a premium over the then-prevailing market price for their Common Stock.

22

Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale may have adverse effects on our share price.

Sales of substantial amounts of shares or the perception that such sales could occur may adversely affect the prevailing market price for our shares. We may issue additional shares in subsequent public offerings or private placements to make new investments or for other purposes. We are not required to offer any such shares to existing shareholders on a pre-emptive basis. Therefore, it may not be possible for existing shareholders to participate in such future share issuances, which may affectdilute the existing shareholders’ interests in us.

Our planned Common Stock Reverse Split may decrease the liquidity of the shares of our Common Stock.

The liquidity of the shares of our Common Stock may be affected adversely by our planned Common Stock Reverse Split given the reduced number of shares that will be outstanding following this corporate action, especially if the market price of our Common Stock does not increase as a result. In addition, our Common Stock Reverse Split may increase the number of stockholders who own odd lots (less than 100 shares) of our Common Stock, creating the potential for such stockholders to experience an increase in the cost of selling their shares and greater difficulty effecting such sales.

Following our Common Stock Reverse Split, the resulting market price of our Common Stock may not attract new investors, including institutional investors, and may not satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. Consequently, the trading liquidity of our Common Stock may not improve.

Although we believe that a higher market price of our Common Stock may help generate greater or broader investor interest, there can be no assurance that our planned Common Stock Reverse Split will result in a share price that will attract new investors, including institutional investors. In addition, there can be no assurance that the market price of our Common Stock will satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. As a result, the trading liquidity of our Common Stock may not necessarily improve.

If we fail to comply with the rules and regulations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us may be harmed.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires public companies to conduct marketingan annual review and evaluation of their internal controls. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that will need to be evaluated frequently. Our failure to maintain the effectiveness of our internal controls in accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business. We could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on the price of our Common Stock. In addition, our efforts to comply with the rules and regulations under the Sarbanes-Oxley or new or changed laws, regulations, and standards may differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice. Regulatory authorities may investigate transactions disclosed in our “Management’s Discussion and generate revenues.


The individuals serving as officersAnalysis of Financial Condition and directors have existing responsibilitiesResults of Operations,” and if legal proceedings are initiated against us, it may have additional responsibilitiesharm our business.

23

Table of Contents

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our shares of Common Stock in the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to provide managementretain most future earnings (if any) to finance the growth and servicesdevelopment of our business, and therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our shares of Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We believe it is likely that our Board will continue to other entities.conclude, that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to retain most earnings (if any) for the development of our business. As a result, conflictscapital appreciation, if any, of interest between usour Common Stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

The public offering price per Share is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding shares of Common Stock. As a result, investors in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $2.33 per share, based on the assumed public offering price of $4.00 per share. Investors in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

Our Common Stock may not be approved for listing on the Nasdaq or on any other activitiestrading market and you may occur from timenot be able to time, inresell your Common Stock at a price above the price you paid, if at all.

We have applied to list the shares of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq, under the symbol “GLUC.” An approval of our listing application by the Nasdaq will be subject to, among other things, our fulfilling all of the listing requirements of the Nasdaq. No assurances can be given, however, that the application will be approved or that our officers and directors shall have conflicts of interest in allocating time, services and functions between the other business ventures in which they may or become involved and our affairs. Outside demands on our management’s time may prevent them from devoting sufficient time to our operations.


We dependCommon Stock will ever be traded on the efforts and abilitiesNasdaq or listed or quoted on any other trading market. If for any reason our Common Stock is not listed on the Nasdaq, or any other trading market, or a public trading market does not develop, purchasers of our managementCommon Stock may have difficulty selling their Common Stock should they desire to continue operations.

Our managementdo so. Moreover, there is our only employees with experience relevant to the business. In addition, the demand on their time will increase because of our status as a public company. The interruption of the services of our management could significantly hinder our operations, profits and future development, if suitable replacements are not promptly obtained. We do not currently have any executive compensation agreements. We cannot guarantyrisk that our management will remain with us.

OurCommon Stock could be delisted from any trading market on which it may be listed or quoted. The lack of an active trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling securities and may impair our ability to acquire additional capital throughintellectual property assets by using our securities as consideration.

There can be no assurances that if our Common Stock is listed on the saleNasdaq we will be able to meet the Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements which will result in the delisting of our stock may be harmed by competing resales ofCommon Stock from the Nasdaq.

The Nasdaq has rules for continued listing, including, without limitation, minimum market capitalization and other requirements. Failure to maintain our common stock bylisting (i.e., being de-listed from the selling security holders.


The price of our common stock could fall if the selling security holders sell substantial amounts of our common stock.  These salesNasdaq), would make it more difficult for usshareholders to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a timeour Common Stock and price that we deem appropriate because the selling security holders may offer to sell their shares of common stock to potential investors for less than we do.  Moreover, potential investors may not be interested in purchasing shares of our common stock if the selling security holders are selling their shares of common stock.

The costs to meet our reporting requirements as a public company subject to the Exchange Act of 1934 will be substantial and may result in us having insufficient funds to operate our business.

We will incur ongoing expenses associated with professional fees for accounting and legal expenses associated with being a public company. We estimate that these costs will range up to $50,000 per year for the next few years. Those fees will be higher if our business volume and activity increases. Those obligations will reduce and possibly eliminate our ability and resources to fund our operations and may prevent us from meeting our normal business obligations.

Our auditors have questioned our ability to continue operations as a “going concern.” Investors may lose all of their investment if we are unable to continue operations and generate revenues.

We hopemore difficult to obtain significant revenues from future product sales.  In the absence of significant sales and profits, we may seek to raise additional funds to meetaccurate price quotations on our working capital needs principally through the additional sales of our securities.  However, we cannot guaranty that we will be able to obtain sufficient additional funds when needed, or that such funds, if available, will be obtainableCommon Stock. This could have an adverse effect on terms satisfactory to us. As a result, our auditors believe that substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue operations.

6

Risks Related to Owning Our Common Stock

Our officers, directors and principal shareholders own approximately 66.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock, allowing these shareholders control matters requiring approval of our shareholders.

Our officers, director and principal shareholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 66.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  If the officers, directors and principal shareholders sell all of their shares that are being registered in this offering, they will own approximately 21.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  Such concentrated control of the company may negatively affect the price of our common stock.Common Stock. Our officers, directors and principal shareholders can control matters requiring approval by our security holders, including the election of directors.

Shares of our common stock may continueability to be subjectissue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or otherwise to price volatility and illiquidity because our shares may continue to be thinly traded and may never become eligiblearrange for trading on a national securities exchange.
Whileany financing we may at some pointneed in the future, may also be able to meet the requirements necessary formaterially and adversely affected if our common stock to be listed on a national securities exchange, we cannot assure you that we will ever achieve a listing of our common stockCommon Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange. Our shares

24

Table of Contents

We are currently only eligible for quotation ona smaller reporting company within the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board, whichmeaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act defines a “smaller reporting company” as an issuer that is not an exchange. Initial listinginvestment company, an asset-backed issuer, or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting company and that:

·

had a public float of less than $250 million as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity; or

·

in the case of an initial registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act for shares of its common equity, had a public float of less than $250 million as of a date within 30 days of the date of the filing of the registration statement, computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of such shares held by non-affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the number of such shares included in the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the shares; or

·

in the case of an issuer whose public float as calculated under paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition was zero or whose public float was less than $700 million, had annual revenues of less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available.

As a smaller reporting company, we will not be required and may not include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section in our proxy statements; we will provide only two years of financial statements; and we need not provide the table of selected financial data. We also will have other “scaled” disclosure requirements that are less comprehensive than issuers that are not smaller reporting companies which could make our Common Stock less attractive to potential investors, which could make it more difficult for our stockholders to sell their shares.

25

Table of Contents

Because the Company is a “smaller reporting company” we may take advantage of certain scaled disclosures available to us, resulting in holders of our securities receiving less Company information than they would receive from a public company that is not a smaller reporting company.

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. As a smaller reporting company, we may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as (i) our common shares held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our common shares held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of any reduced disclosure obligations, it may make it harder for investors to analyze the Company’s results of operations and financial Prospectus in comparison with other public companies.

As a national securities exchange is subjectsmaller reporting company, we are permitted to comply with scaled-back disclosure obligations in our SEC filings compared to other issuers, including with respect to disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We have elected to adopt the accommodations available to smaller reporting companies. Until we cease to be a varietysmaller reporting company, the scaled-back disclosure in our SEC filings will result in less information about our company being available than for other public companies.

If investors consider our common shares less attractive as a result of our election to use the scaled-back disclosure permitted for smaller reporting companies, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements including minimum trading price and minimumapplicable to emerging growth companies will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public “float” requirements, and could also be affected by the general skepticism of such markets concerning companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this Prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the first sale of shares covered by this Prospectus, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700.0 million as of the prior September 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In the event that we are still considered a smaller reporting company, at such time are we cease being an “emerging growth company”, the disclosure we will be required to provide in our SEC filings will increase, but will still be less than it would be if we were not considered either an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company.

In the event that we are still considered a smaller reporting company, at such time are we cease being an emerging growth company, the disclosure we will be required to provide in our SEC filings will increase, but will still be less than it would be if we were not considered either an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company. Should we cease to be an “emerging growth company” but remain a “smaller reporting company”, we would be required to: (1) comply with new or revised US GAAP accounting standards applicable to public companies, (2) comply with new Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requirements applicable to the audits of public companies, and (3) to make additional disclosures with respect to related party transactions, namely Item 404(d).

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds will be used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, expanded sales and marketing activities, increased research and development expenditures and funding our growth strategies.

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this Prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including the commercial success of our systems and the costs of our research and development activities, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations. As a result, our management will have broad discretion in the application of mergers with inactive publicly-held companies. There are also continuing eligibility requirements for companies listedthe net proceeds, and investors will be relying on public trading markets.our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we are unabledo not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to satisfy the initial or continuing eligibility requirements of any such market, thenachieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

As a “controlled company” under the rules of Nasdaq, we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public stockholders.

Under Nasdaq’s rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including, without limitation, (i) the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that the compensation of our officers be determined or recommended to our Board of Directors by a compensation committee that is comprised solely of independent directors, and (iii) the requirement that director nominees be selected or recommended to the Board of Directors by a majority of independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors. Although we currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, we could elect to rely on this exemption in the future if we are a controlled company after this offering. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our Board of Directors might not be listedindependent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors.  Our status as a controlled company could cause our Common Stock to look less attractive to certain investors or otherwise harm our trading price. 

26

Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could be delisted. This could resultdecline.

The trading market for our Common Stock will depend in a lowerpart on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock andwould likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may limit your ability to sell your shares, anydecline. If one or more of which could result in you losing some or all of your investments.


The market valuationthese analysts ceases coverage of our business may fluctuate duecompany or fails to factors beyondpublish reports on us regularly, demand for our controlstock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and the valuetrading volume to decline.

Our shares of your investment may fluctuate correspondingly.

The market valuation of emerging growth companies, such as us, frequently fluctuate due to factors unrelatedCommon Stock are subject to the past or present operating performance of such companies.  Our market valuation may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many ofpenny stock rules, which are beyond our control, including:
changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance, although there are currently no analysts covering our stock;
fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes, particularly among securities of emerging growth companies;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new technologies, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
variations in our quarterly operating results;
fluctuations in related commodities prices; and
additions or departures of key personnel.
As a result, the value of your investment in us may fluctuate.
Investors should not look to dividends as a source of income.
In the interest of reinvesting initial profits back into our business, we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  Consequently, any economic return will initially be derived, if at all, from appreciation in the fair market valuemakes shares of our stock, and not as a result of dividend payments.

Our common stock may beCommon Stock more difficult to trade.

We are currently subject to penny stock regulations which may make it difficult for investors tothe SEC’s “penny stock” rules as our shares of Common Stock sell their stock.


The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in “penny stocks”.below $5.00 per share. Penny stocks generally are equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 (other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ system, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system).$5.00. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, priorbroker-dealers to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the Commission,SEC which specifiesprovides information about penny stocks and the nature and significancelevel of risks ofin the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also must provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson, in the transaction, and monthly account statements indicatingshowing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer'scustomer’s account. The bid and offer quotations, and the broker-dealer and salesperson compensation information must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to completing the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation.

In addition, the penny stock rules require that, prior to a transaction, in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser'spurchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. These disclosure requirementsThe penny stock rules are burdensome and may have the effectreduce purchases of reducingany offerings and reduce the trading activity in the secondary market for a stock that becomes subject to the penny stock rules.  Ifshares of our common stock becomesCommon Stock. As long as our shares of Common Stock are subject to the penny stock rules, the holders of such shares of Common Stock may find it more difficult to sell their securities.

The financial and operational projections that we may make from time to time are subject to inherent risks.

The projections that our management may provide from time to time reflect numerous assumptions made by management, including assumptions with respect to our specific as well as general business, economic, market and financial conditions and other matters, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, there is a risk that the assumptions made in preparing the projections, or the projections themselves, will prove inaccurate. There will be differences between actual and projected results, and actual results may be materially different from those contained in the projections. The inclusion of the projections in this Prospectus should not be regarded as an indication that we or our management or representatives considered or consider the projections to be a reliable prediction of future events, and the projections should not be relied upon as such.

If we were to dissolve, the holders of our sharessecurities may have difficulty selling those shares.


We are registering 5,600,000 shares of common stock owned by our former officer and director and our current officers and directors. The selling security holders, including our officers and directors, may selllose all or substantial amounts of their sharesinvestments.

If we were to dissolve as soona corporation, as possible, which could significantly decreasepart of ceasing to do business or otherwise, we may be required to pay all amounts owed to any creditors before distributing any assets to the priceinvestors. There is a risk that in the event of such a dissolution, there will be insufficient funds to repay amounts owed to holders of any of our common stockindebtedness and reduceinsufficient assets to distribute to our officers’other investors, in which case investors could lose their entire investment.

Forum selection provisions in our charter documents may be unenforceable, resulting in federal court jurisdiction over claims arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Provisions in our Amended and directors’ desireRestated Certificate of Incorporation that purport to see us succeed.


A large percentageprovide the Court of Chancery of the stock owned byState of Delaware (referring to Delaware State Courts) as the selling security holders, who are our former and current officers and directors, willexclusive forum for certain actions, including derivative actions, may be registered by the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The selling security holders, who are our former and current officers and directors, may sell a large percentage of their shares immediately after they are registered.  In the event that the selling security holders sell some of their shares, the price of our common stock could decrease significantly. We cannot assure you that the officers and directors will not sell some of their shares as soon as they are registered.
7


Forward Looking Statements

Informationdetermined to be unenforceable in this prospectus contains “forward looking statements” which can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “believes”, “estimates”, “could”, “possibly”, “probably”, “anticipates”, “estimates”, “projects”, “expects”, “may”, or “should” or other variations or similar words.  No assurances can be given that the future results anticipated by the forward-looking statements will be achieved.  The following matters constitute cautionary statements identifying important factorscertain instances, including with respect to those forward-looking statements, including certain risksclaims arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, which would result in federal courts instead having jurisdiction over such claims. The Company does not intend for such exclusive forum provision to apply to claims arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. The Company plans to amend its Amended and uncertainties that could cause actual results to vary materially from the future results anticipated by those forward-looking statements.  Among the key factors that have a direct bearing on our resultsRestated Certificate of operations are the effects of various governmental regulations, the fluctuation of our direct costs and the costs andIncorporation upon effectiveness of our operating strategy.  Other factors could also cause actual resultsthis registration statement to vary materially fromunambiguously provide that such exclusive forum provisions would not apply to claims arising under the future results anticipatedSecurities Act or the Exchange Act  and until such time as such amendment has become effective, to provide its investors of notice to this effect, the Company will continue to include disclosure indicating that the Company does not intend for such exclusive forum provisions to apply to claims arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. With respect to claims arising under the Securities Act, note that that investor cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and rules and regulations thereunder.

27

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Based upon an assumed public offering price of $4.00 per share and 2,125,000 shares of Common Stock expected to be sold in this offering, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $7,593,500 after (i) deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions of $680,000, (ii) after deducting estimated offering expenses incurred by those forward-looking statements.


Usethe Representative and payable by us of Proceeds

$226,500, (iii) assuming the Representative does not exercise its over-allotment option, and (iv) assuming the Representative does not exercise any of its compensatory warrants. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares being offeredSelling Stockholders Shares by the selling security holders.

DeterminationSelling Stockholders identified in this Prospectus.

The Company has no debt, and de minimis liabilities which do not require allocation of Offering Price


Factors Usedany of the net proceeds from this offering. We expect to Determine Share Price. The selling stockholders will determine at what price they may sell theretire certain shares of common stock offeredPreferred Stock within the next 12 months by this prospectus, and such sales may be made at prevailing market prices, or at privately negotiated prices.  Therefore,exercising the offering priceCompany’s right to payout the stated value of the shares being offeredin cash to the holders.

Accordingly, we plan to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for the following purposes:

 

 

Use of

Net

Proceeds

 

Working Capital

 

$2,500,000

 

Sales and Marketing

 

 

 

 

GLUCODOWN®

 

$1,200,000

FIBER UP®

 

$1,800,000

Research and Development

 

 

 

 

GLUCODOWN®

 

$300,000

FIBER UP®

 

$450,000

Retirement of Preferred Stock

 

$212,500

 

General Corporate Purposes

 

$1,131,000

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, along with the net proceeds from this offering, together with interest on cash balances, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements including our business plan and achievement of our five marketing and distribution objectives (see “Business - Marketing and Distribution”) through at least the next 12 months. The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. However, the nature, amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management has and will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds from this offering for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of net proceeds from this offering. To the extent that the net proceeds we receive from this offering are not immediately used for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or debt instruments.

28

Table of Contents

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market and Other Information

Our Common Stock is quoted by OTC Markets Group Inc. (“OTC Markets”) under symbol “GLUC” with the selling shareholders has no relationship to anydesignation of “Pink Current”. OTC Markets quotations of our Common Stock, and a designation of “Pink Current”, does not constitute an established criteriapublic trading market. OTC Markets quotations reflect inter-dealer bid and ask prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down, commission, or adjustments, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. Our Common Stock was initially quoted under symbol “GLUC” by OTC Markets on November 20, 2014.  The last reported sale price of value, such as book value or earnings per share.


Dilution

The shares offered for sale by the selling security holders are already outstanding and, therefore, do not contribute to dilution.

Selling Security Holders

our Common Stock, on January 6, 2023, was $6.40.

The following table sets forth information concerning the selling security holders including:


1.  the number of shares owned by the selling security holders prior to this offering;
2.  the total number of shares that are to be offered by the selling security holders;
3.  the total number of shares of common stock that will be owned by the selling security holders upon completion of the offering; and
4.  the percentage of common stock that will be owned by the selling security holders upon completion of the offering if all of the offered shares are sold by the selling security holders.

The shares offeredquarterly high and low closing prices of our Common Stock for sale constitute allthe two most recent fiscal years and interim periods of the shares known to us to be beneficially owned by the selling security holders. The selling securitycurrent fiscal year, if applicable.

Period

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2022:

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$20.44

 

 

$10.90

 

Second Quarter

 

 

11.70

 

 

 

5.30

 

Third Quarter

 

 

8.30

 

 

 

4.30

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

9.20

 

 

 

3.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$87.00

 

 

$35.10

 

Second Quarter

 

 

45.50

 

 

 

20.90

 

Third Quarter

 

 

40.50

 

 

 

23.00

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

24.90

 

 

 

14.20

 

Our SEC registered transfer agent is Nevada Agency and Transfer Company located at 50 W Liberty Street, #880, Reno, NV, 89501.  As of January 6, 2023, there were approximately 121 registered holders have no position or office with us, nor any material relationship with us, except as listed below. The selling security holders are not broker-dealers or affiliates of broker-dealers to our knowledge.


Name of Selling Security Holder
 
 
Amount of Shares of Common Stock Owned by Selling Security Holder Before the OfferingAmount of Shares of Common Stock to be Offered by the Selling Security Holder
Amount of Shares of Common Stock Owned by Selling Security Holder After the Offering
 
Percentage of Common Stock Owned if all of the Offered Shares Are Sold
Roger Corriveau (1)
6,000,0005,000,0001,000,0008.1%
Ghislaine St-Hilaire (2)
1,500,000500,0001,000,0008.1%
Gilbert Pomerleau (3)
720,000100,000620,0005.0%
Total8,220, 0005,600,000
 
2,620,000
 
21.3%

(1) Roger Corriveau is our former officer and director.
(2) Ghislaine St-Hilaire, our vice-president, secretary and director, who owns 1,500,000 shares, is the common law spouse of Roger Corriveau, our former officer and director, who owns 6,000,000 shares. Therefore, each of Ghislaine St-Hilaire and Roger Corriveau may be considered to beneficially own 7,500,000 shares of common stock, which equals approximately 61.0%record of our issued and outstanding common stock.
 (3) Gilbert Pomerleau isCommon Stock.

Listing

We have applied to list our vice president, chief financial officer and one of our directors.


8

Plan of Distribution

The offering by the selling shareholders may start as soon as this registration statement is declared effective. The selling shareholders may offer all or part of their shares for resale from time to time through public or private transactions, at either prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices. The selling security holders may sell our common stock in the over-the-counter market, or on any securities exchange on which our common stock is or becomes listed or traded, in negotiated transactions or otherwise. The shares will not be sold in an underwritten public offering. The shares may be sold directly or through brokers or dealers. The methods by which the shares may be sold include:

·  purchases by a broker or dealer as principal and resale by such broker or dealer for its account;
·  ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers; and
·  privately negotiated transactions.

Brokers and dealers engaged by selling security holders may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate.  Brokers or dealers may receive commissions or discounts from selling security holders, or, if any such broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of such shares, from such purchaser, in amounts to be negotiated. Broker-dealers may agree with the selling security holders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share, and, to the extent such broker-dealer is unable to do so acting as agent for a selling security holder, to purchase as principal any unsold shares at the price required to fulfill the broker-dealer commitment to such selling security holder. Broker-dealers who acquire shares as principal may resell those shares from time to time in the over-the-counter market or otherwise at prices and on terms then prevailing or then related to the then-current market price or in negotiated transactions and, in connection with such resales, may receive or pay commissions. In the event that a broker-dealer is added as a formal participant to the marketing effort of the selling security holders, we will file a post effective amendment to disclose such event.

The selling security holders and any broker-dealers participating in the distributions of the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933. Any profitCommon Stock on the sale of shares by the selling security holders and any commissions or discounts given to any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts. The shares may also be sold pursuant to Rule 144Nasdaq under the Securities Act of 1933 beginning one year after the shares were issued.

symbol “GLUC.”

Dividend Policy

We have filed the registration statement,not historically declared dividends on our Common Stock, and we do not currently intend to pay dividends on our Common Stock. The declaration, amount, and payment of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the sale of the shares by the selling security holders.


Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations thereunder, any person engaged in a distribution of thefuture dividends on shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to our common stock during the applicable "cooling off" periods prior to the commencement of such distribution. Also, the selling security holders are subject to applicable provisions which limit the timing of purchases and sales of our common stock by the selling security holders.

WeCommon Stock, if any, will pay all expenses in connection with the registration and sale of our common stock. None of the expenses will be paid by the selling security holders. The estimated expenses of issuance and distribution for all the shares being registered by this registration statement are set forth below.

Registration FeesApproximately$124.99
Transfer Agent FeesApproximately$250.00
Costs of Printing and EngravingApproximately$500.00
Legal FeesApproximately$10,000.00
Accounting FeesApproximately$5,000.00

We have informed the selling security holders that, during such time as they may be engaged in a distribution of any of the shares we are registering by this registration statement, they are required to comply with Regulation M. In general, Regulation M precludes any selling security holder, any affiliated purchasers and any broker-dealer or other person who participates in a distribution from bidding for or purchasing, or attempting to induce any person to bid for or purchase, any security which is the subject of the distribution until the entire distribution is complete.  Regulation M defines a “distribution” as an offering of securities that is distinguished from ordinary trading activities by the magnitude of the offering and the presence of special selling efforts and selling methods.  Regulation M also defines a “distribution participant” as an underwriter, prospective underwriter, broker, dealer, or other person who has agreed to participate or who is participating in a distribution.

Regulation M prohibits any bids or purchases made in order to stabilize the price of a security in connection with the distribution of that security, except as specifically permitted by Rule 104 of Regulation M.  These stabilizing transactions may cause the price of our common stock to be more than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. We have informed the selling security holders that stabilizing transactions permitted by Regulation M allow bids to purchase our common stock if the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. Regulation M specifically prohibits stabilizing that is the result of fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive practices.  Selling security holders and distribution participants are required to consult with their own legal counsel to ensure compliance with Regulation M.

Legal Proceedings

There are no legal actions pending against us nor are any legal actions contemplated by us at this time.

9

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officer and director.

NameAgePosition
Dr. Gilles Chaumillon
46president, chief executive officer
Gilbert Pomerleau
43vice president, chief financial officer, director
Ghislaine St-Hilaire59vice president and secretary, director

Dr. Gilles Chaumillon. Dr. Gilles Chaumillon  has been the president and chief executive officer since April 22, 2009. From 2004 to 2008, Dr. Gilles Chaumillon served as Senior Director, Project Management for BioSyntech Inc., a biotechnology company located in Canada and listed on the TSX stock exchange. Prior to 2004, he was General Manager and Business Development Director of a Contract Research Organization. He began his career at Æterna-Zentaris as Director in charge of collaboration network and process development. His experience encompasses product and process development, manufacturing and also business development, strategic planning and commercialisation. Dr. Chaumillon is a member of Quebec MBA Association (AMBAQ) and also an active member Quebec Biotech Association (BIOQUEBEC) where he is president of the membership committee. Dr. Chaumillon holds a PhD degree in marine biology from Laval University of Québec City and a MBA in Biotech Management from University of Quebec at Montreal. Dr. Chaumillon is not an officer or director of any other reporting company. 
Gilbert Pomerleau. Mr. Pomerleau has been vice president, chief financial officer and a director since our inception. In 1980, Mr. Pomerleau started his career in his family business of breeding poultry, pigs and cows. During this time, Mr. Pomerleau developed an interest for new and innovative breeding techniques. The family owned farm produces more than 165,000 chickens per year. Mr. Pomerleau initiated the use of the marine based natural supplements in the daily diet of 30,000 chickens. Mr. Pomerleau is not a director or officer of any other reporting company.

Ghislaine St-Hilaire. Ghislaine St-Hilaire has been a vice-president, secretary and a director since our inception. She is responsible for the daily management of our operations. Ghislaine St-Hilaire has been working in business management for the past thirty years, with small and medium size businesses, supporting them with her expertise in accounting. She has worked in international business with the Canadian International Development Agency. Mrs. St-Hilaire is not a director of any other reporting company.

All directors hold office until the completion of their term of office, which is not longer than one year, or until their successors have been elected. As such, Gilbert Pomerleau and Ghislaine St-Hilaire will continue to serve as directors until replacements are appointed, or until shareholders elect new directors. All officers are appointed annually by the board of directors and, subject to employment agreements (which do not currently exist) serve at the discretion of the board. Currently, directors receive no compensation.

There are no family relationships between any of our officers or directors.  There are no orders, judgments, or decrees of any governmental agency or administrator, or of any court of competent jurisdiction, revoking or suspending for cause any license, permit or other authority to engage in the securities business or in the sale of a particular security or temporarily or permanently restraining any of our officers or directors from engaging in or continuing any conduct, practice or employment in connection with the purchase or sale of securities, or convicting such person of any felony or misdemeanor involving a security, or any aspect of the securities business or of theft or of any felony. Nor are any of the officers or directors of any corporation or entity affiliated with us so enjoined.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 18, 2009, by each person or entity known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock, each of our directors and named executive officers, and all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Title of ClassName and Address of Beneficial OwnerAmount and Nature of Beneficial OwnerPercent of Class
Common Stock
Dr. Gilles Chaumillon
14517 Joseph Marc Vermette
Mirabel, Québec
Canada, J7J 1X2
No shares
President and chief executive officer 
0%
Common Stock
Roger Corriveau
77, 572ième avenue
St-Hippolyte, Québec,
Canada, J8A 3L3
6,000,000 shares
Former officer and director
48.8%
Common Stock
Gilbert Pomerleau
145, route 216
Ste-Marguerite, Québec
Canada, G0S 2X0
720,000 shares (1)
Vice president, chief financial officer, director
5.9%
Common Stock
Ghislaine St-Hilaire (2)
77 572 ième avenue
St-Hippolyte, Québec
Canada, J8A 3L3
1,500,000 shares
Vice-president, secretary and director
12.2%
Common Stock
All directors and named executive officers as a group
2,220,000 shares
18.1%*
* Figures may vary due to rounding.

(1) Includes 220,000 shares of common stock held by Gestion Gilbert Pomerleau Inc., which is controlled by Gilbert Pomerleau, our vice president, chief financial officer and one of our directors.  Gilbert Pomerleau is deemed to beneficially own those shares.

 (2) Ghislaine St-Hilaire, our vice-president, secretary and director, who owns 1,500,000 shares, is the common law spouse of Roger Corriveau, our former officer and director, who owns 6,000,000 shares. Therefore, each of Ghislaine St-Hilaire and Roger Corriveau may be considered to beneficially own 7,500,000 shares of common stock, which equals approximately 61.0% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities.  In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules, shares of our common stock which may be acquired upon exercise of stock options or warrants which are currently exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table are deemed beneficially owned by the optionees. Subject to community property laws, where applicable, the persons or entities named in the table above have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock indicated as beneficially owned by them.

10

Changes in Control.  Our management is not aware of any arrangements which may result in “changes in control” as that term is defined by the provisions of Item 403(c) of Regulation S-K.

Audit Committee. Presently, the board of directors acts as the audit committee. The board of directors does not have an audit committee financial expert. The board of directors has not yet recruited an audit committee financial expert to join the board of directors because we have only recently commenced a significant level of financial operations.

Code of Ethics. We do not currently have a Code of Ethics that applies to all employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We plan to adopt a Code of Ethics.

Description of Securities

Description of Capital Stock. We are authorized to issue 75,000,000 shares of $.001 par value common stock.  As of April 22, 2009, there were 12,299,350 shares of common stock that were issued and outstanding.

Common Stock.  Each shareholder of our common stock is entitled to a pro rata share of cash distributions made to shareholders, including dividend payments.  The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of our directors or any other matter. Therefore, the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of those directors can elect all of the directors. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors from funds legally available therefore. Cash dividends are at the sole discretion of our Board, out of Directors. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remainingfunds legally available for distributiondividends. Our ability to them after payment of our liabilities and after provision has been made for each class of stock, if any, having any preference in relationpay dividends to our common stock. Holders of shares of our common stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption provisions applicable to our common stock.

Dividend Policy. We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our capital stock. We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our earnings, if any, for use in our business. Any dividends declaredshareholders in the future will be atdepend upon our liquidity and capital requirements, as well as our earnings and financial condition, the discretion ofgeneral economic climate, contractual restrictions, our board of directorsability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our Common Stock, and subject to any restrictions that may be imposedother factors deemed relevant by our lenders.

Board.

Penny Stock

Our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws do not contain any other provisions which were included to delay, defer, discourage or prevent a change in control.


Interest of Named Experts and Counsel

No “expert” or our “counsel” was hired on a contingent basis, or will receive a direct or indirect interest in us, or was a promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee ofCommon Stock is considered “penny stock” under the company, at any time prior torules the filing of this registration statement.

Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities

Article Twelfth of our Articles of Incorporation provides, among other things, that our officers and directors shall not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as an officer or a director, except for liability:

·  for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law; or
·  for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemption by us.

Accordingly, our directors may have no liability to our shareholders for any mistakes or errors of judgment or for any act of omission, unless the act or omission involves intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of law or results in unlawful distributions to our shareholders.

Article V of our Bylaws also provides that our officers and directors shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arisingSEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in that act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Organization Within Last Five Years

Transactions with Promoters.  Roger Corriveau, Gilbert Pomerleau and Ghislaine St-Hilaire were our promoters.  In May 2007, we issued 6,000,000 shares of our common stock to Roger Corriveau, 500,000 shares of our common stock to Gilbert Pomerleau, and 1,500,000 shares of our common stock to Ghislaine St-Hilaire for a total cash consideration of $8,000, or $0.001 per share. There is no other information that would be required to be disclosures by Item 401(d) or Item 404(d) of Regulation S-K.

11

Description of Business

Our Background. We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on March 27, 2007.

Our Business. We are a manufacturer of a premix product for the poultry industry called Nutra-Animal. Nutra-Animal is an anti-oxidant containing wheat middlings, vitamin E, calcium carbonate, shrimp flour, sodium, selenite and fish oil. We have conducted studies that we believe demonstrate the positive impact of Nutra-Animal on growth, reinforcement of the immune system, as well as the ratio of net weight of flesh. We plan to expand the chicken feed product line in the next twelve months. We also plan to conduct additional tests to improve and adjust our products for the different types of poultry. We hope to conduct studies on pigs and calves beginning in 2009.

Our Supplier. Our supplier for the raw material used in our Nutra-Animal blend is called Oceanutrasciences, Inc., (“Ocean”) and is also known as Aqua-Biokem. Our first order of raw materials was purchased from Natural Solutions International, a private company controlled by our Roger Corriveau, our former officer and director, which purchased the materials from Ocean.  However, on September 11, 2008, we entered into a License Agreement (“Agreement”) with Ocean Inc.1934. The Agreement grants us an exclusive license to market and sell Ocean’s Nutra-Pro 80-20 animal feed product under Ocean’s trademarks in the sales territory of North America.  The terms of the license agreement provide for our payment to Ocean of an aggregate of CDN$150,000, with payments of CDN$50,000 on each of these dates: July 31, 2008, October 31, 2008 and December 31, 2008.   To date, we have paid CDN$75,000, and OceanSEC has agreed to defer payment of the balance of CDN$75,000 until Ocean provides us with the detailed formulation of the product formula and production process. We have also agreed to purchase the product under this Agreement in agreed-upon amounts during the term of the Agreement, beginning with 1,250kg the first year of the Agreement.

A copy of that Agreement is attached to our Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 16, 2008, as Exhibit 10.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.  This brief description of the Agreement is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Agreement.

We may need to develop relationships with additional suppliers so that we will have alternative suppliers in the event that our current supplier does not desire or is unable to supply a sufficient amount of products to meet our customers’ requirements. We also plan to enter arrangements with other suppliers to diversify our product offerings.

Our Target Markets and Marketing Strategy.  We believe that our primary market is chicken integrators as well as chicken feed manufacturers in Canada. We hope to expand our operations in the United States and, to that extent, we have initiated talks with various customers in the United States. Our management has started approaching major chicken integrators for them to test the product, as those approached have expressed the wish to conduct some in house tests.

We intend aggressively market and promote the “Nutra-Animal” brand. We have initiation pig farms to educate their clients on new product developments and improvements to existing products. We intend to provide educational seminars in chicken breeding regions to explain the benefits of Nutra-Animal and educate the farmers to properly prepare and mix the various feed components. As we market and sell directly to chicken integrators, we are able to collect and analyze data from those parties which assists in preparation and design of new products. We also plan to attend agricultural conventions that take place in the market areas where we currently conduct business as well as in provinces that we expect to enter. We may also place advertisements and promotional pieces in agricultural trade journals.

Growth Strategy. Our primary objective is to become one of the dominant providers of chicken pre-mix, to offer the chicken industry the possibility to raise healthier chickens and obtain a better yield on the market. We originally concentrated our efforts in the province of Quebec, Canada. Recently, we started conducting some tests with integrators in the province of Ontario and Western Canada. We also recently started using a similar strategy in the United States and plan to market our products in the United States in the early 2009.

We believe that we will be able to generate additional revenues by increasing the size of our product line, thereby increasing the number of pre-mixes or feeds that we can sell. We intend to look for opportunities to produce other types of pre-mixes or feeds. We also believe that there may be opportunities to enter into joint venture agreements with companies that produce other pre-mixes or feeds other than our own. In addition to continually developing and evaluating new pre-mixes or feeds, we may consider the acquisition of other companies operating in a similar fashion.

Our Website.  Our website www.bio-solutionscorp.com is under construction and will provide scientific information on the products sold by the Company as well as new products being tested. Our website will also provide a description of our business together with our contact information including our address, telephone number and e-mail address. We also believe that we can use our website to facilitate sales of our products as well as increase brand awareness.

Our Competition. The animal feed industry is significantly competitive. We have competitors that have been providing traditional animal feed, including chicken pre-mix, for many years and have more resources than we do. Many of those competitors have significantly greater financial, human and marketing resources than we have. As a result, these competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products than we do. If we do not compete effectively with current and future competitors, we may be unable to secure client contracts, or we may be required to reduce our rates in order to compete effectively. This could result in a reduction in our revenues, resulting in lower earnings or operating losses.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, managerial, marketing and other resources than we do and they may compete more effectively than we can. We anticipate that competition will increase in the future. We may not successfully compete in any market in which we conduct or may conduct operations.

Although we believe our product is unique, other products containing anti-oxidants, mainly from Vitamin E and selenium are available on the market. We have spent a significant amount of time and energy researching and conducting studies and tests of our Nutra-Animal product. We hope that provides an advantage for us over our competitors. In addition, our ability to compete effectively will be dependent on our management establishing close relationships with a number of keys clients to constantly work with the client to improve our products.

12

Government Regulation. Through the laws and regulations of Canada and the provincial governments of Quebec and Ontario, our products and services are subject to material regulation by governmental agencies responsible for the agricultural and commerce industries. As such, business and company registrations, production license, and our products are certified and must be in compliance with the laws and regulations of provincial and other local governments and industry agencies. Our Nutra-Animal pre-mix has been approved for sale by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency under No. 982676 and we believe we are authorized to sell Nutra-Animal in the United States.

We are also subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations generally applied to businesses, such as payroll taxes on the state and federal levels. We believe that we are in conformity with all applicable laws in Nevada and the United States.

Our Research and Development. Our research and clinical studies have been conducted by Mr. Daniel Venne, a veterinarian, originally on the premises of our director Gilbert Pomerleau and then on the premises of third parties. To maintain a competitive advantage in the marketplace and keep pace with current developments, we will need to engage in continuous research and development.

Intellectual Property. We do not presently own any copyrights, patents, trademarks, licenses, concessions or royalties, and we may rely on certain proprietary technologies, trade secrets, and know-how that are not patentable. We own the trademark for "NutraAnimal" in Canada.

As discussed herein, in August 2008, we entered into the Agreement with Ocean granting us an exclusive license to market and sell Ocean’s Nutra-Pro 80-20 animal feed product under Ocean’s trademarks in the sales territory of North America.   Ocean has agreed to provide us with the detailed formulation of the product and the production process.

Our success will depend on our ability to continue to develop and pre-mix and feed products. We currently have not applied for patents for our products or formulas, as our management believes an application for such patents would result in public knowledge of our proprietary technology and formulas. As we do not have patent protection for this technology or formula, we may not be able to protect our rights to this intellectual property, if our competitors discover or illegally obtain this technology or formula. Our inability to protect our rights to this intellectual property may adversely affect our ability to prevent competitors from using our products and developments.

We own the Internet domain name “www.bio-solutions-corp.com” Under current domain name registration practices, no one else can obtain an identical domain name, but someone might obtain a similar name, or the identical name with a different suffix, such as “.org”, or with a country designation. The regulation of domain names in the United States and in foreign countries is subject to change, and we could be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our domain names.

Employees. As of April 22, 2009, we have one full-time employee. We believe we may need to hire two additional employees in the next six months so that we can service the orders. From time-to-time, we anticipate that we may use the services of independent contractors and consultants to support our expansion and business development.

Facilities. Our executive, administrative and operating offices are located at 14517, Joseph Marc Vermette, Mirabel (Québec), Canada J7J 1X2. Ghislaine St-Hilaire, our vice president, secretary and director, provides approximately 200 square feet of office space and 250 feet of warehousing space at no charge. Our financial statements reflect the fair market value of that space which is approximately $500 per month. Ms. St-Hilaire does not expect to be reimbursed for providing these facilities. That amount has been included in the financial statements as additional capital contribution by Ms. St-Hilaire. We do not have a lease or written lease or sublease agreement with Ms. St-Hilaire. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our needs and that additional suitable space will be available on acceptable terms as required. We do not own any real estate.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Critical Accounting Policy and Estimates. Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section discusses our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, accrued expenses, financing operations, and contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The most significant accounting estimates inherent in the preparation of our financial statements include estimates as to the appropriate carrying value of certain assets and liabilities which are not readily apparent from other sources.

These accounting policies are described at relevant sections in this discussion and analysis and in the notes to the financial statements included elsewhere in this Registration Statement and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

13

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the period from inception on March 27, 2007 through December 31, 2007.
Results of Operations.
Revenues. We had revenues of $51,647 for the year ended December 31, 2008, and revenues of $37,951 for the period from inception on March 27, 2007 to December 31, 2007.  We hope to generate greater revenues as we continue operations and implement our business plan.   For the year ended December 31, 2008, we had $62,350 in total cost of revenues. This is comprised of $68,936 in beginning inventory, $69,793 in purchases, less $76,379 in ending inventory, resulting in a gross loss of $10,703.  This in comparison to the period from inception on March 27, 2007 through December 31, 2007, where we had zero in beginning inventory, $85,081 in purchases, less $68,936 in ending inventory, resulting in total costs of revenues of $16,145 resulting in a gross profit of $21,806.
Operating Expenses.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, we had total operating expenses of $514,180. This included professional expenses of $432,786, accounting fees of $9,999, general and administrative expenses of $59,118, and amortization of $12,277. The professional and consulting fees are comprised of legal and consulting expenses related to becoming a public company. We expect that we will continue to incur significant legal and accounting expenses related to being a public company.  This is in comparison to the period from March 27, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, where we had total operating expenses of $86,459, which were comprised of professional fees of $49,400, accounting fees of $20,200 and general and administrative expenses of $16,859.
Net Income or Loss.   For the year ended December 31, 2008, and after interest expense of $4,406, we had a net loss of $529,289, with a net loss per share of $0.06.  In comparison, for the period from March 27, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, we had a net loss of $64,653 and $0.01 per share. We expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future and until we generate significant revenues.
Liquidity and Capital Resources. We had cash of $810, accounts receivable of $6,240 and inventory of $76,379 as of December 31, 2008, which equals our total current assets of $83,429 as of that date. With our other asset of $111,180 represented by a license, net of amortization, our total assets as of December 31, 2008 were $194,609. In comparison, as of December 31, 2007, we had cash of $7,990, accounts receivable of $2,522 and inventory of $68,936, all of which equals are current total assets of $79,448 as of that date. Our current liabilities were $14,281, as of December 31, 2007, all of which was represented by accounts and accrued expenses.
Our current liabilities were $169,040 as of December 31, 2008, which was represented by accounts payable and accrued expenses of $126,107 short term loans of $38,966, and $3,967 due to an officer. In comparison, as of December 31, 2007, our current liabilities were $14,281, all of which was represented by accounts and accrued expenses.
During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, we retired certain short term loans totaling $125,000 which were from individuals/companies for amounts ranging between $5,000 and $45,000 (CD$) each and were provided to us for working capital. These amounts are short-term in nature as they were due on demand, and we have accrued interest at 5% per annum. Additionally, this amount was converted into 1,041,348 shares of common stock before December 31, 2008.  Our total liabilities were also $169,040 as of December 31, 2008, as compared to total liabilities of $14,281 as of December 31, 2007. We had no other liabilities and no long term commitments or contingencies as of December 31, 2008 and as of December 31, 2007.
Pursuant to a private placement offering, on December 18, 2008, we issued an aggregate of 421,502 shares of our restricted common stock at a price of $0.20 USD per share in exchange for cash of $25,000 USD, and $59,725 CDN raised from July to September 2008. Those funds were used for working capital. We will need to raise additional capital to expand our operations to the point at which we are able to operate profitably.
During 2009, we expect that the legal and accounting costs of being a public company will continue to impact our liquidity and we will need to obtain funds to pay those expenses. Other than the anticipated increases in legal and accounting costs due to the reporting requirements of being a reporting company, we are not aware of any other known trends, events or uncertainties, which may affect our future liquidity.
Our auditors have questioned our ability to continue operations as a “going concern.” We hope to obtain significant revenues from future product sales.  In the absence of significant sales and profits, we will seek to raise additional funds to meet our working capital needs principally through the additional sales of our securities.  However, we cannot guaranty that we will be able to obtain sufficient additional funds when needed, or that such funds, if available, will be obtainable on terms satisfactory to us. As a result, our auditors believe that substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue operations.

14

Our Plan of Operation for the Next Twelve Months.  To effectuate our business plan during the next twelve months, our main focus is to secure intellectual property on existing products as well as seeking rights on complementary products. With the second phase of tests being presently conducted by one of the major chicken integrator in the Canada, the first phase having been successful, we should be able to start selling our product across Canada in the second half of 2009. We are currently pursuing additional accounts by researching and contacting medium to large size integrators in the United States to convince them to conduct in house tests on our products. We are developing new updated sales and marketing materials including brochures describing the products that we provide so that we can provide a professional appearance to potential clients.
During the next three to six months, our primary objective is to strengthen our knowledge of the mode of action of the product to better our positioning in the market. In addition, we need to increase our client base so we can generate revenues to support our operations. We need to obtain additional clients as four customers account for approximately 93% of our revenues. During the next six to twelve months, we hope to expand our operations, based on the successful testing by prospective clients. We  also hope to finalize a pan Canadian distribution agreement to increase our presence on the market
We had cash of $810 as of December 31, 2008. In the opinion of management, our available funds will not satisfy our working capital requirements for the next twelve months. Our forecast for the period for which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations involves risks and uncertainties and actual results could fail as a result of a number of factors. Besides generating revenue from our current operations, we will need to raise additional capital to expand our operations to the point at which we are able to operate profitably. Other than anticipated increases in the legal and accounting costs of becoming a public company, we are not aware of any other known trends, events or uncertainties, which may affect our future liquidity.
We intend to pursue capital through public or private financing as well as borrowings and other sources, such as our officers, directors and principal shareholders. We cannot guaranty that additional funding will be available on favorable terms, if at all.  If adequate funds are not available, then our ability to expand our operations may be significantly hindered. If adequate funds are not available, we believe that our officers, directors and principal shareholders will contribute funds to pay for our expenses to achieve our objectives over the next twelve months. However, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are not committed to contribute funds to pay for our expenses.
We are not currently conducting any research and development activities, although we anticipate we may conduct such activities in the next twelve months. We do not anticipate that we will purchase or sell any significant equipment. In the event that we expand our customer base, then we may need to hire additional employees or independent contractors as well as purchase or lease additional equipment
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Description of Property

Property held by us. As of the dates specified in the following table, we held no real property.  We do not presently own any interests in real estate.

Our Facilities.  Our executive, administrative and operating offices are located at 14517, Joseph Marc Vermette, Mirabel (Québec), Canada J7J 1X2. Ghislaine St-Hilaire, our vice president, secretary and one of our directors, provides approximately 200 square feet of office space as well as 250 feet of warehousing space at no charge. Our financial statements reflect the fair market value of that space which is approximately $500 per month. That amount has been included in the financial statements as additional capital contribution by Ms. St-Hilaire. We do not have a lease, written lease or sublease agreement for the premises with Ms. St-Hilaire. Ms. St-Hilaire does not expect to be reimbursed for providing these facilities. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our needs and that additional suitable space will be available on acceptable terms as required.

15

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Certain Relationships. Roger Corriveau, our former officer and director, and Ghislaine St-Hilaire may be considered common law spouses.

Related Party Transactions.

In May 2007, we issued Roger Corriveau, our former officer and director, 6,000,000 shares, Gilbert Pomerleau 500,000 shares, and Ghislaine St-Hilaire 1,500,000 of our common stock for a total cash consideration of $8,000, or $0.001 per share.

From inception to the present, Roger Corriveau, our former officer, and director, provides approximately 200 square feet of office space, as well as 250 feet of warehousing space, to us at no charge. Financial statements reflect as occupancy costs, the fair market value of that space which is approximately $500 per month. That amount has been included in the financial statements as additional capital contribution by Mr. Corriveau. As of March 16, 2009, Ghislaine St-Hilaire has been providing that space to us.

Our first order of raw materials was purchased from Natural Solutions International, a private company controlled by our Roger Corriveau, our former officer and director. We anticipate that we will continue to purchase goods from Natural Solutions International until we negotiate a direct supply agreement with Ocean for the direct supply of products. For the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period March 27, 2007 through December 31, 2007, we incurred $89,820 and $73,900 respectively in inventory and other expenses to this company and $7,882 and $2,933 in rent. Approximately $11,905 is owed to this company at December 31, 2008 which is included in accounts and accrued expenses payable.
In addition, the formula for Nutra-Animal was developed by Roger Corriveau, our former officer, and director. Mr. Corriveau has agreed to allow us to use that formula at no charge, although we do not have a formal agreement or arrangement relating to the use of that formula.  Beginning in August 2008, we have entered into an exclusive license Agreement described herein with Ocean to market and sell its Nutra-Pro 80-20 animal feed product under Ocean’s trademarks in the sales territory of North America, so that we are no longer dependent on Mr. Corriveau’s company as a supplier.  
We were advanced $3,967 from officers during the year ended December 31, 2008. These amounts are short-term in nature as they are due on demand, and we have not been charged interest. We anticipate repayment of these advances within the next twelve months.

There have been no other related party transactions, or any other transactions or relationships required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K.

With regard to any future related party transaction, we plan to fully disclose any and all related party transactions, including, but not limited to, the following:

·  disclose such transactions in prospectuses where required;
·  disclose in any and all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, where required;
·  obtain disinterested directors consent; and
·  obtain shareholder consent where required.

Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Reports to Security Holders.  We are a reporting company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Security and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may also obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.

As of March 18, 2009, there were 56 record holders of our common stock.

There are no outstanding shares of our common stock which can be sold pursuant to Rule 144. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into, shares of our common stock. We have not agreed to register for sale any shares of common stock held any of our shareholders.

There have been no cash dividends declared on our common stock.  Dividends are declared at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors.

No Equity Compensation Plan. We do not have any securities authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plan.  We also do not have an equity compensation plan and do not plan to implement such a plan.

16

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. There have been no sales of unregistered securities within the last three (3) years which would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 701 of Regulation S-K, except for the following:

In May 2007, we issued Roger Corriveau, our former officer and director, 6,000,000 shares, Gilbert Pomerleau 500,000 shares, and Ghislaine St-Hilaire 1,500,000 of our common stock for a total cash consideration of $8,000, or $0.001 per share. The shares were issued in a transaction which we believe satisfies the requirements of that certain exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S.

From June to September 2007, we issued 1,286,500 shares of our common stock for $0.10 per share. The gross proceeds to us were $128,650.00. The shares were issued in a transaction which we believe satisfies the requirements of that certain exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, , which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S.

Pursuant to a private placement offering, on December 18, 2008, we issued an aggregate of 421,502 shares of our restricted common stock at a price of $0.20 USD per share in exchange for cash of $25,000 USD, and $59,725.00 CDN raised from July to September 2008, as reported in our most recent quarterly report on Form 10-Q.  The shares were issued to a total of seven purchasers in transactions which we believe satisfies the requirements of that exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S promulgated pursuant to that act by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The proceeds were used for working capital.   The amount was reflected as a liability for stock to be issued on the balance sheet as of the quarter ending September 30, 2008 since we did not issue the shares at the time of subscription.

To convert outstanding loans to stock, on December 18, 2008, we issued an aggregate of 916,343 shares of our common stock to certain holders of certain outstanding promissory notes in the amount of $115,000 CDN, who elected to convert the amounts due at the conversion price of $0.12 USD per share.  We issued an aggregate of 124,998 shares of our common stock to certain holders of certain outstanding promissory notes in the amount of $15,000 USD, who elected to convert the amounts due at the conversion price of $0.12 USD per share.  The shares were issued in transactions which we believe satisfies the requirements of that exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S promulgated pursuant to that act by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The original promissory notes were short term loans for amounts ranging between $5,000 and $45,000 (CD$) each and were provided to us for working capital.
On October 30, 2008, we issued to 1,550,000 shares of common stock to three consultants in exchange for services provided to us, which were valued at $310,000 or $0.20 per share. The shares were issued in transactions which we believe satisfies the requirements of that exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S promulgated pursuant to that act by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Penny stock regulation.  Shares of our common stock will probably be subject toadopted rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in “pennypenny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, except forother than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges, or quoted on the NASDAQ system, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in thosesuch securities is provided by the exchange or quotation system. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock, not otherwise exempt from those rules,to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission, which that:

·

contains the following:

·  a description of the nature and level of riskrisks in the market for penny stocks in both public offerings and secondary trading;
·  

·

contains a description of the broker’s or dealer’s duties to the customer and of the rights and remedies available to the customer with respect to a violation to such duties or other requirements of securities’Securities’ laws;
·   contains a brief, clear, narrative description of a dealer market, including “bid”bid and “ask”ask prices for penny stocks and the significance of the spread between the “bid”bid and “ask”ask price;
·  

·

contains a toll-free telephone number for inquiries on disciplinary actions;
·  

definitions of

·

defines significant terms in the disclosure document or in the conduct of trading in penny stocks; and
·  

·

contains such other information and is in such form, including language, type, size and format, as the Securities and Exchange Commission shall require by rule or regulation.

Prior

The broker-dealer also must provide, prior to effecting any transaction in a penny stock, the broker-dealer also must provide the customer the following:


with:

·  

the

·

bid and offer quotations for the penny stock;

·

the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction;

·

the number of shares to which such bid and ask prices apply, or other comparable information relating to the depth and liquidity of the marketmarker for such stock; and
·  

·

monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account.

In addition, the penny stock rules that require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules,rules; the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written acknowledgmentacknowledgement of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement, a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks, and a signed and dated copy of a written suitably statement.

These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for a stockour Common Stock.

29

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of September 30, 2022.

·

on an actual basis, reflecting the 4-for-1 forward split of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock and the 3-for-1 forward split of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, which occurred subsequent to the current period.

·

on a proforma basis,(i) reflecting the conversions of 2,133,334 Series B, 700,001 Series C, and 180,000 Series E, shares of Preferred Stock, to Common Stock, which occurred subsequent to the current period; (ii) assuming effectiveness of our planned Common Stock Reverse Split; and (iii) assuming conversions of 640,000 Series D, and 570,000 Series E, shares of Preferred Stock, to Common Stock, expected to occur after effectiveness of our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

·

on an adjusted pro-forma basis, adjusting for (i) sale of 2,125,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to this offering at a public offering price of $4.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $7,593,500 to us, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions of $680,000 and estimated offering expenses payable to the Representative by us of $226,500; and (ii) assuming no exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option or compensatory warrants.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the final public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus and the information set forth under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

As of September 30, 2022

Unaudited

Actual

Pro Forma

Pro Forma

As Adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents

$308,536$308,536$7,902,036

Total liabilities

$1,4521,4521,452

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized:

Series A, 1,000 shares authorized; Actual, Pro forma & Pro forma as adjusted, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding.

111

Series B, 3,466,668 shares authorized; Actual, 2,133,334 shares issued and outstanding; Pro forma & Pro forma as adjusted, -0- shares issued and outstanding.

2,133

-0-

-0-

Series C, 866,668 shares authorized; Actual, 866,668 shares issued and outstanding; Pro forma & Pro forma as adjusted, 166,667 shares issued and outstanding.

867167167

Series D, 1,200,000 shares authorized; Actual, 1,200,000 shares issued and outstanding; Pro forma & Pro forma as adjusted, 560,000 shares issued and outstanding.

1,200560560

Series E, 1,440,000 authorized; Actual, 1,440,000 shares issued and outstanding; Pro forma & Pro forma as adjusted, 690,000 shares issued and outstanding.

1,440690690

Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized:

Actual 13,848,630 shares issued and outstanding; Pro forma 1,686,197 shares issued and outstanding; Pro forma as adjusted, 5,021,197 shares issued and outstanding.

13,8491,6865,021

Additional paid-in capital

8,829,3738,844,54917,342,424

Accumulated (deficit)

$(8,071,470)$(8,071,470)$8,977,970

Total stockholders' equity

$777,392$777,392$8,370,892

30

Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $4.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $1,935,875, assuming that becomes subjectthe number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the pro forma amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $364,400, assuming that the $4 public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the final public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

31

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our shares, your interest will be diluted to the penny stock rules.  Holdersextent of the difference between the public offering price of each share you purchase, and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Common Stock, immediately after the closing of this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value per share is $0.27 per share, (i) reflecting conversions of 2,133,334 Series B, 700,001 Series C, and 180,000 Series E, shares of Preferred Stock, to Common Stock, which occurred subsequent to the current period; (ii) assuming effectiveness of our planned Common Stock Reverse Split; and (iii) assuming conversions of 640,000 Series D, and 570,000 Series E, shares of Preferred Stock, to Common Stock, expected to occur after effectiveness of our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our Common Stock, immediately after the closing of this offering. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value is $8,369,475 or $1.67 per share of our Common Stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.40 per share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $2.33 per share to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution per share:

Assumed public offering price per share

 

$

4.00

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share

 

 

 0.27

 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value attributable to new investors

 

 

 1.40

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering

 

 

 1.67

 

Dilution to new investors participating in the offering

 

$

2.33

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $4.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by approximately $1.79 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors by approximately $2.21 per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering at the assumed public offering price of $4 would increase (decrease) each of cash and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $364,400 after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The following table sets forth, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between our existing stockholders and the new investors in this offering with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the weighted average price paid per share of Common Stock paid to us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $4.00 per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable to the Representative (and assuming no exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option and compensatory warrants).

 

 

Number

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Weighted Average

Price per Share

 

Existing stockholders

 

 

3,058,197

 

 

 

59%

 

$8,847,445

 

 

 

51%

 

$3.05

 

New investors

 

 

2,125,000

 

 

 

41%

 

 

8,500,000

 

 

 

49%

 

$4.00

 

Total

 

 

5,183,197

 

 

 

100%

 

$17,347,445

 

 

 

100%

 

$3.52

 

The number of shares of our commonCommon Stock expected to be outstanding after this offering is 5,021,197 shares, and excludes:

·

1,416,667 shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of the 1-for-1 conversion option of 1,416,667 issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

·

Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s over-allotment option and underlying the representative’s warrants.

32

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the period ended September 30, 2022, and the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this registration statement. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those set forth in “Risk Factors”.

Overview

We are an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages. Our niche is the formulation, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution of soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages. In November 2017, we registered the trademark GLUCODOWN® and have since launched the first soluble fiber infused, powdered iced tea, and flavored drink mixes, in North America. We launched GLUCODOWN® because we identified an absence of product variety and/or nutritional suitability among the healthier beverage offerings from other companies, serving pre-diabetic and diabetic consumers. Nutritional suitability means we apply, to the extent feasible, the nutritional recommendations and guidelines of experts, such as, for example, the American Diabetes Association, when formulating our beverages. We are currently in the early stages of marketing and distributing GLUCODOWN®.

We believe the physiological impacts of soluble fiber can nutritionally satisfy other interests of health-conscious consumers, and as result, we plan to launch more soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages, marketed under more brands. Building upon our knowledge capital gained from formulating, manufacturing, marketing, and distributing GLUCODOWN®, we registered the trademark FIBER UP® in September 2020, and are developing our second soluble fiber infused nutritional beverage brand. We plan to launch FIBER UP® as a ready-to-drink beverage and to initially focus our marketing and distribution efforts to persons 45 and older.

Recent Developments

On January 25, 2022, we entered into an investment banking agreement with EF Hutton, which was amended on November 16, 2022. The agreement contemplates the Company raising additional capital in a registered offering, listing on a stock exchange, and preparing a registration statement under the Securities Act. The Company is responsible for EF Hutton’s external counsel legal costs, whether any offering is consummated or not.

Effective on March 11, 2022, we filed Articles of Conversion with the Nevada Secretary of State and a Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Department of State, Division of Corporations and converted to a Delaware corporation.

On March 29, 2022, we merged with a subsidiary, created on March 23, 2022, for the sole purpose of the merger, amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation, and the surviving corporation is Glucose Health, Inc. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Subsequent Events

On October 9, 2022, 2,133,334 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock and 700,001 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock were converted to a total of 2,833,335 shares of our Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our planned Common Stock Reverse Split).

On October 24, 2022, we filed a Certificate of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation and increased our authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock to 1,200,000 shares, and our authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock increased to 1,440,000 shares. We forward split our Series D Preferred Stock at a ratio of 4-for-1, and our Series E Preferred Stock at a ratio of 3-for-1, such that 1,200,000 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock and 1,440,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

On January 3, 2023, 180,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock were converted to shares of 180,000 shares of our Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our planned Common Stock Reverse Split).

As of January 6, 2023, 1,686,197 shares of our Common Stock and 2,627,667 shares of our Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

Supply Chain Management

We believe managing our own supply chain enables us to realize higher gross margins and faster production times than otherwise can be achieved by outsourcing the supply of finished products to us, to co-packers. We have experienced delays in raw materials shipments from our suppliers in the current period and additionally in the prior fiscal year, which together have impacted our finished goods inventory in the current period. We also depend upon single suppliers for some of our raw materials, which means we cannot readily source these from other suppliers. Additionally, we depend upon specialized manufacturers to produce our products, and we cannot easily transfer this production to other manufacturers. As we believe raw materials shipment delays and manufacturing delays are now effectively routine for the visible future, we plan to substantially increase finished goods inventory to mitigate against product outages and consequent loss of revenue. We presently do not have available capital to substantially increase our finished goods inventory, which may impact our product availability and revenues for the remainder of the fiscal year.

We do not believe our supply chain challenges impact upon our product quality. We ensure the quality of our supply chain by implementing Current Good Manufacturing Practices (CGMP). As an own-label distributor, our principal responsibility is FDA record-keeping and ensuring our master product specifications, are adhered to throughout our supply chain. While we have established relationships with industry leading ingredient companies, our master specifications nevertheless require testing of lots of the ingredients shipped to us organoleptically. We also specify testing of random lots of these ingredients at third-party laboratories for consistency with our ingredient manufacturer’s specifications. We further specify testing of random production batches of our products at third-party laboratories for standard microbiological contaminants. Additionally, we specify testing of random finished goods samples at third-party laboratories for stability and consistency with our Nutrition Facts label claims.

For more information, see “Business-Supply Chain Management.”

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve. At this time, there continues to be significant volatility and uncertainty relating to the full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and the various responses to it will impact our business, operations, and financial results.

Most states and cities have at various times instituted quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules, social distancing measures and restrictions on the types of businesses that could continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. As a result, the COVID-19 pandemic may affect the operations of the FDA and other health authorities, including such authorities in Europe, which could result in delays of reviews and approvals. While there have been no specific notices of delay from federal or foreign government authorities, potential interruptions, delays, or changes to the operations of the FDA, or of any foreign authority with which we might interact, might impact the approval of any applications we plan and will need to file in the future.

33

Table of Contents

In addition, we are dependent upon certain contract manufacturers and their ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill our purchase orders is critical to our business success. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact certain of our manufacturers. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

The global deterioration in economic conditions may have an adverse impact on discretionary consumer spending in markets that we plan to market our products, which could also impact our business and demand for our products. For instance, consumer spending may be negatively impacted by general macroeconomic conditions, including a rise in unemployment, and decreased consumer confidence resulting from the pandemic. Changing consumer behaviors as a result of the pandemic may therefore have a material impact on our expected future revenue.

The spread of COVID-19 has also adversely impacted global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in a significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

If the COVID-19 pandemic does not continue to slow and the spread of COVID-19 is not contained, our business operations, including those of contract manufacturers, could be further delayed or interrupted. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees or employees of our subcontractors were to be tested positive for having COVID-19, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our or their facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this Prospectus, including the effectiveness of vaccines and other treatments for COVID-19, the impact of variants of the COVID-19 virus and other new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic, and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have not developed a COVID-19 contingency plan to address the potential challenges and risks presented by this pandemic. If we were to prepare such a plan, there could be no assurance that it would be effective in mitigating the effects of the COVID-19 virus.

For a further discussion of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, please see “Risk Factors”.

Results Of Operations

Three Months Ended September 30, 2022, and 2021.

Revenue

Revenue increased by $105,751 to $340,681 in the three-month period ended September 30, 2022, from $234,930 in the three-month period ended September 30, 2021. During the period we issued invoices totaling $196,429 pursuant to fulfilling purchase orders from Woodland Partners (for Publix). We do not expect to receive additional purchase orders from Woodland Partners (for Publix) for the remainder of fiscal 2022, which will negatively impact our fourth quarter revenue. While revenue increased 45% in the current period vs. the comparative period, we nevertheless experienced product outages of certain of our eight GLUCODOWN® flavors due to insufficient finished goods inventory to serve our end-user customers. Delays in raw materials shipments and manufacturing in the current period and delays in raw materials shipments and manufacturing in the prior fiscal year, together impacted finished goods inventory in the current period.  We believe delays in raw materials shipments and manufacturing are now effectively routine for the visible future and can only be managed by increasing finished goods inventory to mitigate against product outages and consequent loss of revenue. We are presently not able to substantially increase our finished goods inventory due to lack of resources including capital, which may impact our product availability and revenues for the remainder of the fiscal year.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased by $91,757 to $153,789 in the three-month period ended September 30, 2022, from $62,032 in the three-month period ended September 30, 2021. Gross profit margin was 45% in the current period vs. 26% in the comparative period. The Company’s gross profit margin can be variable depending upon the mix of end-user and retailer customer sales. We earn higher gross margins from sales to end-user customers (online) than from sales to retailer customers. Our higher gross margin from end-user customers is due to our ability to control and adjust (increase) the pricing of our products as we experience price increases from our raw materials suppliers and/or manufacturers. We are effectively limited to proposing annual price increases to our retailer customers and such proposed increases may not even be approved by the retailer’s buyers. To mitigate raw material and manufacturing cost pressures, the Company utilizes a tolling and contract manufacturing business model and directly manages procurement of all inputs for its products

34

Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses decreased by $48,070 to $145,697 in the three-month period ended September 30, 2022, from $193,767 in the three-month period ended September 30, 2021. Operating expenses decreased in the current period vs. the comparative period due to lower selling expenses offset by higher general and administrative costs and professional fees.  The Company pays for its advertising expenses, in part, through the issuance of restricted shares of Common Stock. GAAP requires us to value shares issued in payment for services using the closing quotation of our stock price on the date of entering into a contract for services and, as result, our advertising expenses can be variable between comparative periods.

Other Income (Expense) & Net Loss 

Other income (expense) was $-0- in the three-month period ended September 30, 2022, vs. $-0- in the three-month period ended September 30, 2021. Net loss decreased by $139,827 to a net income of $8,092 in the current period from a net loss of ($131,735) in the comparative period. Our decreased net loss was a consequence of lower selling expenses in the current period vs. the comparative period.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022, and 2021.

Revenue

Revenue increased by $159,018 to $918,516 in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2022, from $279,826 in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021. While revenue increased 10% in the current period vs the comparative period, we nevertheless experienced product outages of certain of our eight GLUCODOWN® flavors due to insufficient finished goods inventory to meet customer demand. Delays in raw materials shipments and manufacturing in the current period and delays in raw materials shipments and manufacturing in the prior fiscal year, together impacted finished goods inventory in the current period.  We believe delays in raw materials shipments and manufacturing are now effectively routine for the visible future and can only be managed by increasing finished goods inventory to mitigate against product outages and consequent loss of revenue. We are presently not able to substantially increase our finished goods inventory due to lack of resources including capital, which may impact our product availability and revenues for the remainder of the fiscal year. Additionally, revenue from one retailer customer declined as we were impacted by systems issues at the retailer customer preventing their generation of accurate purchase orders, during our transition to supplying this retailer customer with GLUCODOWN® for stocking at their online store vs. brick-and-mortar stores. As we transition to stocking online only, we expect to receive fewer purchase orders and generate less revenue from this retailer customer than in prior periods.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased by $115,037 to $394,863 in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2022, from $279,826 in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021. Gross profit margin was 43% in the current period vs. 37% in the comparative period. The Company’s gross profit margin can be variable depending upon the mix of end-user and retailer customer sales. We earn higher gross margins from sales to end-user customers (online) than from sales to retailer customers. Our higher gross margin from end-user customers is due to our ability to control and adjust (increase) the pricing of our products as we experience price increases from our raw materials suppliers and/or manufacturers. We are effectively limited to proposing annual price increases to our retailer customers and such proposed increases may not even be approved by the retailer’s buyers. During the period ended September 30, 2022, we transitioned from supplying one retailer with GLUCODOWN® for stocking in-store, to stocking online only. As part of the transition, we raised our wholesale price to the retailer customer, and we expect to earn higher gross margin as a result.To mitigate raw material and manufacturing cost pressures, the Company utilizes a tolling and contract manufacturing business model and directly manages procurement of all inputs for its products.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased by $134,891 to $688,648 in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2022, from $553,757 in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021. Operating expenses increased in the current period vs. the comparative period due to higher administrative costs and professional fees and somewhat higher selling expenses.  The Company pays for its advertising expenses, in part, through the issuance of restricted shares of Common Stock. GAAP requires us to value shares issued in payment for services using the closing quotation of our stock price on the date of entering into a contract for services and, as result, our advertising expenses can be variable between comparative periods.

Other Income (Expense) & Net Loss

Other income (expense) was $-0- in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2022, vs. ($2,785) in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021. Net loss increased by $17,069 to ($293,785) in the current period from ($276,716) in the comparative period. Our increased net loss was a consequence of higher general and administrative costs and professional fees and somewhat higher selling expenses in the current period vs. the comparative period.

Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2021 (fiscal 2021) and December 31, 2020 (fiscal 2020).

Revenue

Revenue increased by $472,968 or 98%, to $953,681 in the year ended December 31, 2021, from $480,713 in the year ended December 31, 2020. The 98% increase in fiscal 2021 revenue reflected growth in our sales to end-user customers through Amazon and our own Shopify online store plus the launch of four additional flavors of GLUCODOWN® in fiscal 2021, for a total of eight flavors, compared with fiscal 2020. In fiscal 2021, the Company added no new retailer customers, compared to one additional retailer customer in fiscal 2020, and as a result, experienced only modest growth of GLUCODOWN® sales to retailers.

Gross Profit

Cost of revenue increased by $236,471, or 77%, to $543,639 in the year ended December 31, 2021, from $307,168 in the year ended December 31, 2020. Gross profit increased by $236,497, or 136%, to $410,042 in the year ended December 31, 2021, from $173,545. The increase in gross profit, was a result of the Company’s strategy of utilizing a tolling and contract manufacturing business model and managing procurement of all inputs to its products, such as ingredients and packaging, directly. Additionally, we earn higher gross margins through our sales to end-user customers (online) vs. sales to retailer customers. This higher gross margin from end-user customers is due to our ability to control the pricing of our products and adjust (increase) as we experience price increases from our raw materials suppliers and/or manufacturers. We are effectively limited to proposing annual price increases to our retailer customers and such proposed increases may not even be approved by the retailer’s buyers.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses decreased by $51,739, or 6%, to $746,161 in the year ended December 31, 2021, from $797,900 in the year ended December 31, 2020. Operating expenses were lower in fiscal 2021 vs. fiscal 2020 due to reduced director’s fees, paid for by the issuances of equity (warrants), and reduced professional fees, offset by increased sales and marketing expenses.

Other Income (Expense) & Net Loss 

Other income (expense) was ($2,785) expense in the year ended December 31, 2021, from $146,677 income in the year ended December 31, 2020, as in the fiscal 2020 period, we benefitted from a recovery of claims deducted against our invoices by a retailer and a payment on a debt settlement was offset by a gain on forgiveness of accounts payables.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal liquidity requirements are for working capital. We fund our liquidity requirements primarily through cash on hand, which are supplemented by cash flows from sales of equity and borrowings.

35

Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022, and 2021.

As of September 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021, we had cash of $308,536 and $752,402, respectively, and no cash equivalents. The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities in the interim periods ended September 30, 2022, and 2021:

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$(368,491)

 

$(90,794)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(75,375)

 

 

781,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

$(443,866)

 

$690,320

 

Operating Activities - The greater net cash used in operating activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2022, vs. September 30, 2021, was primarily a result of increased professional and administrative costs.

Investing Activities - No cash was used for investing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2022, or September 30, 2021.

Financing Activities - The greater net cash used in financing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2022, vs. September 30, 2021, was a result of preferred dividend payments and no cash raised from equity or debt financings in the current period vs. cash proceeds provided by the sale of preferred stock offset by debt repayment and preferred dividend payments in the comparative period.

Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2021 (fiscal 2021) and December 31, 2020 (fiscal 2020).

As of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, we had cash of $752,402 and $69,151, respectively, and no cash equivalents. The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities in the fiscal years 2021 and 2020:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$(72,739)

 

$(68,937)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

-

 

 

 

(3,295)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

755,990

 

 

 

94,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

$683,251

 

 

$22,661

 

Operating Activities- The marginally $3,802 greater net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2021, vs. December 31, 2020, was a result of costs associated with increased revenues in fiscal 2021 vs. fiscal 2020.

Investing Activities - No cash was used for investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2021, and net cash used for investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2020, consisted of website domain purchases.

Financing Activities - The $661,097 greater net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2021, vs. December 31, 2020, was a result of proceeds received from the sale of preferred stock, offset by debt repayment and preferred dividend payments. The net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2020, consisted of proceeds received from the sale of preferred stock, offset by debt repayment and preferred dividend payments.

36

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources that is material to investors.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our critical accounting estimates are detailed in our significant accounting policies as described in Note 2 of the financial statements included in this Prospectus. These financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Critical accounting estimates are those that we believe are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense. Our estimates are evaluated on an ongoing basis and drawn from historical experience, current trends, and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. Actual results may differ from our estimates.

Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. Such reduced disclosure and corporate governance obligations may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

We are a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies” and “As a “smaller reporting company,” we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public shareholders.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2024 (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur on the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company, we may:

·

present only two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this Prospectus;

·

avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley;

·

provide reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

·

not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

37

Table of Contents

BUSINESS 

Overview

We are an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages. Our niche is the formulation, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution of soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages. In November 2017, we registered the trademark GLUCODOWN® and have since launched the first soluble fiber infused, powdered iced tea, and flavored drink mixes, in North America. We launched GLUCODOWN® because we identified an absence of product variety and/or nutritional suitability among the healthier beverage offerings from other companies, serving pre-diabetic and diabetic consumers. Nutritional suitability means we apply, to the extent feasible, the nutritional recommendations and guidelines of experts, such as, for example, the American Diabetes Association, when formulating our beverages. We are currently in the early stages of marketing and distributing GLUCODOWN®.

We believe the physiological impacts of soluble fiber can nutritionally satisfy other interests of health-conscious consumers, and as result, we plan to launch more soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages, marketed under more brands. Building upon our knowledge capital gained from formulating, manufacturing, marketing, and distributing GLUCODOWN®, we registered the trademark FIBER UP® in September 2020 and are developing our second soluble fiber infused nutritional beverage brand. We plan to launch FIBER UP® as a ready-to-drink beverage and to initially focus our marketing and distribution efforts to persons 45 and older. 

Recent Developments

On January 25, 2022, we entered into an investment banking agreement with EF Hutton, which was amended on November 16, 2022. The agreement contemplates the Company raising additional capital in a registered offering, listing on a stock exchange, and preparing a registration statement under the Securities Act. The Company is responsible for EF Hutton’s external counsel legal costs, whether any offering is consummated or not.

Effective on March 11, 2022, we filed Articles of Conversion with the Nevada Secretary of State and a Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Department of State, Division of Corporations and converted to a Delaware corporation.

On March 29, 2022, we merged with a subsidiary, created on March 23, 2022, for the sole purpose of the merger, amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation, and the surviving corporation is Glucose Health, Inc. Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Subsequent Events

On October 9, 2022, 2,133,334 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock and 700,001 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock were converted to 2,833,335 shares of our Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our planned Common Stock Reverse Split).

On October 24, 2022, we filed a Certificate of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation and increased our authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock to 1,200,000 shares, and our authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock increased to 1,440,000 shares. We forward split our Series D Preferred Stock at a ratio of 4-for-1, and our Series E Preferred Stock at a ratio of 3-for-1, such that 1,200,000 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock and 1,440,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

On January 3, 2023, 180,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock were converted to 180,000 shares of our Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our planned Common Stock Reverse Split).

As of January 6, 2023, 1,686,197 shares of our Common Stock and 2,627,667 shares of our Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

Market Opportunity - GLUCODOWN®

The National Diabetes Statistics Report (Source: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Website. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/index.html. Accessed April 10, 2022) estimates 96 million adults have pre-diabetes and 37.3 million adults have diabetes. We believe the National Diabetes Statistics Report points to a large and growing market of consumers likely receptive to nutritional beverages which help maintain healthy serum glucose levels (healthy blood sugar). Prior to the introduction of GLUCODOWN®, the only nutritional beverages formulated for healthy blood sugar by the companies addressing this large and growing consumer market, were dairy shakes (ready-to-drink and powder). By formulating a new form of nutritional beverage for this consumer market, delicious tasting iced tea, and drink mixes, we believe GLUCODOWN® will gain market share. We additionally believe, as this market of consumers becomes aware of GLUCODOWN®, they will discontinue purchasing sugar-free and low-calorie beverages from other companies which, while delicious tasting, do not provide the nutritional efficacy of GLUCODOWN®.

38

Table of Contents

Market Opportunity - FIBER UP®

In addition to helping maintain healthy post-prandial serum glucose levels (blood sugar levels measured after meals) soluble fiber has other important physiological impacts. These include helping maintain healthy triglycerides and cholesterol levels, healthy blood pressure, promoting weight loss and healthy waste circumference, preserving bone density, and maintaining gut health, which includes regular digestion and immune health. We believe these additional nutritional impacts of soluble fiber will enable us to launch more soluble fiber infused beverage brands targeted to satisfying many other interests of health-conscious consumers. In this regard, we plan to launch our second brand, FIBER UP®.  We believe FIBER UP® will expand our Company’s addressable consumer market, from pre-diabetic and diabetic persons served by GLUCODOWN®, to also serve the 95% of Americans understood to be fiber deficient (Source: Closing America’s Fiber Intake Gap. Website https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6124841/. Accessed April 10, 2022). While the beneficial impacts of increasing soluble fiber intake are applicable across all age cohorts, we plan to initially focus our launch of FIBER UP® to persons 45 and older - a consumer market we believe to be underserved by other beverage companies.

Products

GLUCODOWN®

In fourth quarter of 2017, we launched the first soluble fiber infused iced tea mix in North America in four flavors (Peach Tea, Lemon Tea, Raspberry Tea, and Mixed Berry Tea) under the GLUCODOWN® brand to principally serve pre-diabetic and diabetic persons. 

gluc_s1img58.jpg

GLUCODOWN® provides nutritional support for the maintenance of healthy blood sugar. The principal ingredient in GLUCODOWN® is a soluble form of dietary fiber invented by Matsutani Chemical Industry Co. Ltd, of Japan. For an ingredient to be labeled as “dietary fiber” in the United States, the ingredient must be determined by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to have at least one physiological impact beneficial to human health (See Government Regulation). Dietary fiber has beneficial physiological impacts related to blood sugar and insulin (and other beneficial impacts). These beneficial physiological impacts are also replicated in nutritional investigations made available to us by our ingredient supplier related to their dietary fiber. Several of the nutritional investigations compiled by our ingredient supplier evaluated beverages including tea drinks, coffee drinks and soft drinks, enriched with their dietary fiber, in similar concentrations as GLUCODOWN®. These drinks are analogous to GLUCODOWN®. We derive our statements of nutritional support from the dietary fiber in GLUCODOWN®. 

GLUCODOWN® is also enriched with micronutrients (vitamins and minerals). We selected chromium in picolinate form, zinc in picolinate form, manganese in citrate form and vitamins B1 (thiamine), B6 (pyridoxine), B7 (biotin) and B12 (cyanocobalamin) based upon some evidence of beneficial physiological impacts related to serving our target market of diabetic and pre-diabetic persons. For example, some research indicates regular consumption of metformin may potentially be associated with vitamin B12 deficiency. We formulated these micronutrients at 50% of the FDA recommended % daily value except for chromium picolinate which is 100% of the FDA % daily value. We do not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the micronutrients in GLUCODOWN®. 

GLUCODOWN® is also enriched with an extract of the banaba leaf plant standardized to a 1% concentration of corosolic acid. For more than 2,000 years, to the present day, the leaf of the banaba plant has been utilized in Ayurveda, a traditional form of healing in India, for healthy blood sugar. We do not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the banaba leaf extract in GLUCODOWN®. 

We manufacture GLUCODOWN® in powder form which consumers can use to make their own beverages. We have developed formulations, which we consider trade secrets, of natural flavors (we do not use artificial flavors), flavor enhancing acidulants (citric and malic acid), and for our iced teas, of decaffeinated pure black tea powder sourced directly from India’s largest manufacturer. To make our beverages sweet tasting without sugar, we were informed by the joint scientific statement of the American Heart Association and the American Diabetes Association regarding non-nutritive sweeteners (Source: Nonnutritive Sweeteners: Current Use and Health Perspectives. A Scientific Statement From the American Heart Association and the American Diabetes Association. Website https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22777177/. Accessed August 18, 2022) in our selection of (pure) sucralose for our formulations. While we have, and continue to evaluate other non-nutritive sweeteners as they are introduced by manufacturers, it is our current belief (pure) sucralose is superior to all other non-nutritive sweeteners, based upon our criteria of safety, taste and manufacturing stability

39

Table of Contents

We distinguish the labeling and marketing of our GLUCODOWN® brand with three statements of nutritional support deriving from the physiological impacts of the dietary fiber infused in GLUCODOWN®:

·

Moderate rising glucose levels after meals to maintain healthy post-prandial glycemic response

·

Block metabolism of dietary sugars and fats to maintain healthy glucose, cholesterol and triglycerides levels.

·

Improve regularity to maintain healthy digestion

In 2021, we extended our GLUCODOWN® product line by launching four new GLUCODOWN® drink (not iced tea) mix flavors (Cherry, Strawberry-Banana, Peach Mango, and Watermelon) also in powder form.

gluc_s1img59.jpg

We manufacture all eight GLUCODOWN® flavor variations in two packaging formats (foil resealable pouches and bulk containers).

Additionally, we are formulating more GLUCODOWN® line extensions to serve prediabetic and diabetic persons, all to be manufactured in powder form, includingflavored instant coffees, such as Mocha Coffee, and Horchata.

gluc_s1img49.jpg  gluc_s1img50.jpg

We are also developing new GLUCODOWN® packaging formats, including single-serve stick-packs for all our iced tea mix, drink mix and planned future flavor variations.

gluc_s1img54.jpg

However, to launch more GLUCODOWN® line extensions in the current fiscal year, we require additional capital, which we do not presently have.

40

Table of Contents

FIBER UP®

FIBER UP® will be our second soluble fiber infused nutritional beverage brand and our first ready-to-drink (not powder) beverage. We plan to utilize a variation suitable for ready-to-drink beverages, of the same soluble fiber from our ingredient supplier, for FIBER UP®, as we use for GLUCODOWN®. We plan to formulate approximately 5 grams of dietary fiber per serving size (16 oz. bottle) which compares to approximately 4 grams of dietary fiber per serving size (one scoop per 8 oz. of water) for GLUCODOWN®. We plan to distinguish the labeling and marketing of our FIBER UP® brand with four statements of nutritional support deriving from the physiological impacts of the dietary fiber infused in FIBER UP®. Our identified target market consists of health-conscious persons 45 years and older who may be fiber deficient. We believe most Americans are not aware of their fiber deficiency. Accordingly, we intend to emphasize the physiological benefits of our soluble fiber, with four statements of nutritional support prominently displayed in our labeling and marketing, which we believe are compelling to our identified consumer market.

·

Supports a healthy heart

·

Promotes weight loss

·

Preserves bone strength

·

Maintains a healthy gut

Whereas the micronutrients selected for GLUCODOWN® were chosen based upon some evidence of potential physiological benefit targeted to diabetic and pre-diabetic consumers, we intend to enrich FIBER UP® with a broader spectrum of micronutrients targeted to serve health conscious consumers who may be fiber deficient. For example, we also plan to include calcium in FIBER UP® which complements dietary fiber’s beneficial physiological impacts related to preserving bone strength. We will not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the micronutrients in FIBER UP®.

Whereas extract of banaba leaf (for corosolic acid) was selected for GLUCODOWN® based upon its use in Ayurveda traditional healing for healthy blood sugar, we intend to enrich FIBER UP® with a different plant extract, such as ginseng, for which some evidence indicates some potential physiological benefit related to heart health, weight loss, bone strength and a healthy gut. We will not derive any of our statements of nutritional support from the plant extracts in FIBER UP®. 

As we plan to manufacture FIBER UP® as a ready-to-drink beverage, we have developed formulas, which we consider trade secrets, of natural flavors (we do not use artificial flavors), flavor enhancing acidulants (citric and malic acid) and our preferred non-nutritive sweetener, (pure) sucralose. Consumer perception of ready-to-drink beverages is also enhanced by appearance. In this regard, we have utilized colors derived from vegetables to develop vibrant purple and red colors for the FIBER UP® drink flavors we have formulated to date, grape and cherry.

We believe consumer awareness of FIBER UP® will be enhanced by attractive artwork and packaging. We evaluated many different forms of consumer packaging for FIBER UP® and determined aluminum bottles to be the most environmentally friendly due to their essentially infinite recyclability. We considered various aluminum bottle options from different manufacturers and opened an account with our chosen supplier. We have completed the graphic design and labeling for FIBER UP® including review by our FDA/FTC attorney for compliance with applicable regulations and industry guidance statements.

gluc_s1img52.jpggluc_s1img53.jpg

We have also begun early manufacturing, marketing, and distribution planning for FIBER UP®, including hiring a brand management firm to assist us. However, to launch FIBER UP® in the current fiscal year, we require substantial additional capital, which we do not presently have.

Marketing and Distribution

Our most important marketing and distribution objectives are:

(1)

Build awareness of GLUCODOWN® among the persons which comprise our identified pre-diabetic and diabetic consumer market for this brand.

(2)

Increase sales of GLUCODOWN® via direct end-user consumer purchase at Amazon and our own Shopify online store.

(3)

Secure distribution of GLUCODOWN® at national and large regional retailers.

(4)

Grow sales of GLUCODOWN® at the national and large regional retailers who are already our customers.

(5)

Launch FIBER UP® in at least one regional market.

We generate awareness of GLUCODOWN® through placement of advertising on cable television, satellite radio and digital media. We advertise in daytime and primetime on cable television channels such as Hallmark, Game Show Network and National Geographic. All our advertising scripts are vetted by our FDA/FTC attorney for compliance to applicable regulations. Although we do have a GLUCODOWN® Facebook page which facilitates customer questions, we do not expend significant resources utilizing social media platforms to bring awareness to our products. Customer experience or testimonial statements engendered by social media marketing, may be perceived as statements of disease mitigation or prevention. The utilization of such statements by an own-label distributor in marketing its products, is routinely cited in FDA warning letters.

41

Table of Contents

We launched GLUCODOWN® at Amazon in 2018 and at our own Shopify online store in 2021 and generate the majority of our revenue from these direct-to-consumer sales platforms (our “end-user” customers). We use our GLUCODOWN® brand awareness advertising to drive sales on these platforms. We use the reporting and attribution tools developed by Amazon and Shopify to optimize our advertising campaigns. Optimization means we have visibility to monitor our return on investment from the advertising we place, to ensure it is achieving our revenue objectives.

We also seek to increase our revenue by becoming a supplier to national and large regional retailers (our “retailer” customers). The process of securing product placement in-store and online at national and large regional retailers involves obtaining appointments with buyers; gaining buyer approval during annual or bi-annual reviews; may involve the payment of various fees or incentives to retailers, which may lower gross profits; and may involve payments to third-party agents and/or distributors to secure shelf space at retailers, which may lower gross profits. Once approval is received and we become a supplier to a retailer, significant expense may then be incurred for the filing and processing of various warehouse and logistics claims and disputes, to secure full payment for items shipped to the retailer.

Since we launched the GLUCODOWN® brand in the fourth quarter of 2017, our Company has become a supplier to retailers and the distributors which serve them, including Walmart, CVS Pharmacies and Woodland Partners (for Publix). We use our GLUCODOWN® brand awareness advertising to drive sales at our retailer customers. In addition, we have access to, or can implement on our own initiative, retailer marketing programs which include aisle displays and signage, flyer or digital flyer advertising, coupons or similar discount programs, and temporary price reductions. We have yet to implement these retailer marketing programs, and we believe they may represent an opportunity to generate additional revenues. 

We have begun early manufacturing, marketing, and distribution planning for FIBER UP®, including hiring a brand management firm to assist us. We plan to focus our FIBER UP® marketing and distribution efforts initially on persons 45 and older, in one regional market of the United States. However, to launch FIBER UP® in the current fiscal year, we require substantial additional capital, which we do not presently have.

We presently rely upon our CEO/CFO to manage our Amazon and Shopify direct-to-consumer online sales efforts and to secure and increase sales at national and large regional retailers. We plan to build a sales and marketing organization in the future, which includes direct and/or contracted salespersons (brokers) for our brands GLUCODOWN® and FIBER UP®, if we are successful in obtaining more capital, of which there is no certainty.

42

Table of Contents

Supply Chain Management

We believe managing our own supply chain enables us to realize higher gross margins and faster production times than otherwise can be achieved by outsourcing the supply of finished products to us, to co-packers. Managing our own supply chain means we procure all primary inputs for our products. We routinely procure ingredients such as soluble fiber, flavorings, acidulants, micronutrients, sweeteners, and plant extracts, as well as consumer packaging, including HDPE containers, printed shrink sleeve labels, seals and closures, printed foil pouches and master and inner shipping cases. We source our product inputs directly from their manufacturers, whenever possible. From the formulation of GLUCODOWN® in 2017, to the present date, we have established and maintained direct relationships with a core group of industry leading ingredient companies, including Archer Daniels Midland/Matsutani, Jiaherb, DSM Fortitech, Virginia Dare and AVT Tea, to provide the inputs for our products.

Managing our own supply chain also means we enter into "tolling" and “contract manufacturing” arrangements for the production of our products. Tolling means we ship primary ingredients to a third-party manufacturing facility for processing, in accordance with our master specifications, into a secondary ingredient, which is then shipped to another third-party manufacturing facility for assembly into a finished good, in accordance with our master specifications. An example of a tolling manufacturer we use is Balchem. Contract manufacturing means we ship primary and/or secondary ingredients, plus packaging, to a third-party manufacturing facility for assembly into a finished good, in accordance with our master specifications. We make these arrangements without general written contracts, but through the issuance of purchase orders and ensuring adherence to Current Good Manufacturing Practices (CGMP) via master specifications, and our FDA record-keeping, where applicable.

We have experienced delays in raw materials shipments from our suppliers which have impacted our finished goods and led to product outages and lost opportunity for additional revenue. We also depend upon single suppliers for some of our raw materials, which means we cannot readily source these raw materials from other suppliers. Additionally, we depend upon specialized manufacturers to produce our products, and we cannot easily transfer this production to other manufacturers. We believe raw materials shipment delays and manufacturing delays have become effectively routine for the visible future. To mitigate against product outages and consequent loss of revenue which raw materials shipment delays and manufacturing delays cause, we plan to substantially increase our finished goods inventory. We presently do not have available capital to substantially increase our finished goods inventory, which may impact our product availability and revenues for the remainder of the fiscal year.

We ensure the quality of our supply chain by implementing Current Good Manufacturing Practices (CGMP). As an own-label distributor, our principal responsibility is FDA record-keeping and ensuring our master product specifications, are adhered to throughout our supply chain. While we have established relationships with industry leading ingredient companies, our master specifications nevertheless require testing of lots of the ingredients shipped to us organoleptically. We also specify testing of random lots of these ingredients at third-party laboratories for consistency with our ingredient manufacturer’s specifications. We further specify testing of random production batches of our products at third-party laboratories for standard microbiological contaminants. Additionally, we specify testing of random finished goods samples at third-party laboratories for stability and consistency with our Nutrition Facts label claims.

Competition

GLUCODOWN® competes directly on the shelves and/or online at the retailers who are our customers, and online at Amazon, with other nutritional beverages which serve our market niche of pre-diabetic and diabetic consumers. These nutritional beverages include Glucerna®, distributed by Abbott Laboratories; Boost®, distributed by Nestle; Splenda® distributed by Heartland Food Products Group, and Slimfast®, distributed by Glanbia, PLC. Our principal competitors are far larger companies than our Company, with much greater financial and human resources to allocate to their brands. Our principal competitor’s brands all have extensive retailer and online distribution, and established consumer recognition and loyalty.

Nevertheless, GLUCODOWN® has two competitive advantages over our much larger principal competitor’s brands - its nutritional attributes and its product differentiation.

We believe there are four essential nutritional attributes when formulating a nutritional beverage for diabetic and pre-diabetic consumers:

·

No sugar (including no added sugar)

·

No saturated fat

·

Low-calorie (10 calories per serving)

·

Good Source of Fiber (soluble)

43

Table of Contents

Our belief in the nutritional suitability of GLUCODOWN® with respect to our target market, and in particular the essential nature of all four nutritional attributes named above, is informed by the guidelines and recommendations of experts, for example, that published by the American Diabetes Association.

No sugar (including no added sugar)

The consumption of sugar-sweetened beverages…is strongly discouraged…”(1)

“People with diabetes and those at risk are advised to…minimize the consumption of foods with added sugar…”(2)

No saturated fat

“The type of fats consumed is more important than total amount of fat when looking at metabolic goals and CVD risk, and it is recommended that the percentage of total calories from saturated fats should be limited…”(3)

Low-calorie (10 calories per serving)

“Management and reduction of weight is important for people with type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, or prediabetes with overweight or obesity.”(4)

“For some people with diabetes who are accustomed to regularly consuming sugar-sweetened products, non- nutritive sweeteners (containing few or no calories) may be an acceptable substitute for nutritive sweeteners.”(5)

Good Source of Fiber (soluble)

Lifestyle modification focusing on….increase of…viscous fiber…”(6)

(1)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S66.

(2)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S63.

(3)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S66.

(4)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022” page S64.

(5)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2019 (Abridged for Primary Care Providers)” page 17.

(6)

“The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2019 (Abridged for Primary Care Providers)” page 26.

While all our principal competitors utilize dietary fiber, GLUCODOWN® is the only brand, to the best of our knowledge, which possesses all four nutritional attributes identified above. According to their Nutrition Facts panel disclosures, we believe all our principal competitor’s beverages indicate the presence of saturated fat; all our principal competitor’s beverages range between 10x to 19x more calories per serving compared to GLUCODOWN®; and three of our four principal competitors’ beverages indicate the presence of sugar.

Additionally, some of our competitors utilize dietary protein in their formulations. We believe dietary protein supplementation is not scientifically supported for glycemic management (maintaining healthy blood sugar) and is therefore, not nutritionally suitable, for GLUCODOWN®. In support of our belief, we cite The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022 which, on page S66, sub-heading Protein, provides that “[t]here is no evidence that adjusting the daily level of protein intake (typically 1-1.5 g/kg body wt/day or 15-20% total calories) will improve health, and research is inconclusive regarding the ideal amount of dietary protein to optimize either glycemic management or CVD risk (121,153).” (The American Diabetes Association Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. diabetesjournals.org/care/article/45/Supplement_1/S60/138923/5-Facilitating-Behavior-Change-and-Well-being-to) 

GLUCODOWN® is also a unique and distinctive product compared to all others manufactured by our competitors. Our competitor’s products are all dairy shakes (powdered or ready-to-drink) with each brand offering a limited choice of flavors, typically chocolate, strawberry, and vanilla. In contrast, GLUCODOWN® offers an array of delicious iced tea mixes (Peach Tea, Lemon Tea, Raspberry Tea, and Mixed Berry Tea) and delicious (not iced tea) drink mixes (Cherry, Peach-Mango, Strawberry-Banana, and Watermelon).

GLUCODOWN® indirectly competes with a myriad of dietary supplements in tablet and capsule form found in brick-and-mortar retailers and online marketplaces, targeted to our consumer market niche. These dietary supplements include many different plant extracts, such as, for example, cinnamon, bitter melon, fenugreek and others, and some also include many combinations of different plant extracts. The dietary supplements we indirectly compete with further include many vitamins and minerals, such as B12 or chromium, and also include many combinations of these vitamins and minerals (and plant extracts).  The dietary supplements we indirectly compete with are usually not themselves branded but can be marketed by large and well-established vitamin manufacturers with established company brand awareness, who have greater financial, staff and distribution resources, compared to our Company. Nevertheless, we believe that as our GLUCODOWN® brand continues to steadily gain consumer recognition, we will effectively compete against all such dietary supplements.

Although GLUCODOWN® is infused with dietary fiber, we believe it to be a deliciously flavored beverage, which does not directly, or indirectly, compete with dietary fiber supplements. Most dietary fiber supplements are tasteless or alternatively, pleasant tasting, but not conceived by manufacturers as a beverage meant to be evaluated by consumers also based upon delicious taste.  Additionally, a number of dietary fiber supplements utilize “insoluble” dietary fiber, which does not possess the properties of “soluble” fiber that inhibit the metabolism of dietary sugars into serum glucose (i.e., maintain healthy blood sugar). 

We expect FIBER UP® will face intense competition when and if we are able to launch this brand. Consumer’s preference for healthier soft drinks is a recognized industry trend. It is apparent that most, if not all leading beverage companies’ market healthier soft drinks, including many with established brand recognition and extensive distribution success. Many small beverage companies also market healthier soft drinks, each with varying degrees of brand recognition and distribution success. Some small beverage companies have even launched soft drinks infused with dietary fiber. We believe these brands may include Wanu Water, Olipop, Halfday and Gist. We have limited information with which we can assess their formulations (including form of dietary fiber), their marketing and brand recognition, and their distribution success. At present, we cannot determine whether these brands may pose a competitive threat. As a new entrant to the healthier soft drink consumer market, FIBER UP® will face intense competition from all healthier drinks generally, and possibly healthier drinks infused with dietary fiber, if and when it is launched.

Despite this intensely competitive market, we believe that FIBER UP® will be successful because it will have two important competitive advantages when comparing with the many other healthier soft drinks available to consumers today - statements of nutritional support and early-entrant market status in our category segment.

As a consequence of the physiological impacts on the human body of the dietary fiber we plan to infuse in FIBER UP®, we intend to incorporate various statements of nutritional support in our labeling and marketing of FIBER UP®, such as, for example, “supports a healthy heart”. We believe health-conscious consumers will find such statements compelling, particularly in comparison to other healthier beverages. We believe many, if not most, healthier soft-drinks presently marketed to health-conscious consumers, utilize only simple nutritive statements, such as no-sugar, caffeine-free, gluten-free, or low-calorie. We believe our planned statements of nutritional support for FIBER UP® provide important brand differentiation because they are not apparent in the labeling and marketing of other healthier soft drink brands from other beverage companies. We have limited information to assess whether such statements of nutritional support are also present in the labeling and marketing of other healthier soft drinks we believe to be infused with dietary fiber and whether, as a result, these brands may pose a competitive threat. We believe consumers at the age of 45 and older, in particular, will be receptive to our statements of nutritional support. If we obtain the capital to launch FIBER UP®, of which there is no certainty, it is our intention to initially focus our limited marketing resources on 45 and older consumers.

44

Table of Contents

In the last two decades, leading beverage companies have marketed, or test-marketed, various fiber infused soft drinks in the United States, without apparent commercial success. In contrast, in Asian countries, particularly with older populations such as Japan, fiber infused soft drinks are today marketed by leading beverage companies with apparent commercial success and brand longevity. We believe consumer interest in the United States in the physiological benefits of soluble fiber is nascent, for reasons of an aging population and increasing health consciousness but, is still not yet at scale for brand investment by leading beverage companies. The current absence of leading beverage companies manufacturing and distributing soluble fiber infused soft drinks in North America provides an early-entrant market opportunity for our Company. If we are successful, we believe we will be among the first beverage companies in North America to launch soluble fiber infused, healthier soft drinks. As an early-entrant in this category segment, we may potentially gain brand recognition and meaningful distribution without having to face direct competition from the leading beverage companies.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property consists of trade secrets, registered trademarks and a patent pending.

Our trade secrets consist of product formulas, composition and methods, research and development, and unpatentable know-how, all of which we seek to protect, in part, by confidentiality agreements. However, it is possible that parties may breach our confidentiality agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. It is also possible that our trade secrets will otherwise become known or be independently developed by competitors. There can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement or other claims against us with respect to any existing or future products, or that licenses would be available if our formulas were successfully challenged by a third party. Litigation to protect our intellectual property or to determine the validity of any third-party claims could result in significant expense to us, whether or not we are successful in such litigation.

Our registered trademarks, GLUCODOWN® and FIBER UP®, are recorded on the Principal Register following our applications to the United States Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO"). The Principal Register provides protection only for very distinctive marks or marks that have acquired secondary meaning. Most importantly, the Principal Register is only accepted by Amazon Brand Registry as an authorized trademark. Amazon Brand Registry provides enhanced protections for removing third-party sellers and other benefits such as enhanced listing features which gives us control of our product images at Amazon. Our trademarks can potentially exist in perpetuity if we file renewal documents including Section 8 and Section 9 Affidavits with USPTO. Section 9 Affidavits are generally filed in the 9th or 10th year of trademark registration, to provide a further 10 years of trademark registration.

Our patent pending is "Compositions and Methods for Metabolic Health". Our patent pending relates to a composition of soluble fiber (resistant dextrin), corosolic acid extracted from lagerstroemia speciosa (the banaba plant) and chromium picolinate. The purpose of the composition is maintenance of metabolic health with nutrition. Metabolic health means maintaining healthy weight and/or waistline, normal blood pressure, normal triglyceride levels, normal HDL (good) cholesterol and normal blood sugar levels, both fasting and after meals, without use of medication. We utilize our composition in the formulation of GLUCODOWN® and believe a patent may provide a measure of protection for this product, if granted. 

We filed a provisional patent application with the USPTO on December 23, 2021. A provisional patent application provides the means to establish an early effective filing date, in a later filed nonprovisional patent application (35 U.S.C. §111(a)). It provides for the term "Patent Pending" to be applied in connection with the description of the invention. A provisional application for a patent has a pendency lasting 12 months from the date the provisional application is filed. By filing our provisional application first, and then filing our nonprovisional application (with reference to our provisional patent application) within the pendency period, our twenty-year patent term endpoint for our non-provisional (utility) patent (if granted) effectively can be extended by as much as 12 months.

We filed an "international" (PCT) patent application on December 21, 2022, which claims the benefit of priority under Article 4 of the Paris Convention to our provisional application filed with the USPTO on December 23, 2021.  The deadline for electing national/regional stage entry of the PCT application in most jurisdictions occurs at 30 months from (i.e., on June 23, 2024), 31 months (i.e., on July 23, 2024), or 32 months (i.e., on August 23, 2024), from the earliest effective priority application filing date.  If a corresponding patent is eventually granted in the U.S. or other major jurisdictions, the projected expiry date will be December 21, 2042.  Extension of patent term due to prosecution and/or regulatory delays may be available in some jurisdictions.

Patent applications we file may not result in patents being issued. Although our 2021 worldwide patent search undertaken by our patent attorney concluded that our composition has not previously been disclosed, objections of examining attorneys for such compositions are among the most difficult to overcome.  Patents we file may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or advantages against competitors with similar or competing products. Also, because of potential conflicts with the proprietary rights of others, we may in the future have to prove that we are not infringing the patent rights of others or be required to obtain a license to the patent. We do not know whether such a license would be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

While we have no knowledge that we are infringing the proprietary rights of any third party, there can be no assurance that such claims will not be asserted in the future with respect to our product formulas or future products. Any such assertion by a third party could require us to pay royalties, to participate in costly litigation or to refrain from selling an alleged infringing product.

Trademarks

We have two registered trademarks in the United States:

“GLUCODOWN” registered USPTO trademark filed November 6, 2017.

“FIBER UP” registered USPTO trademark, filed September 10, 2020.

Patent Pending

We have one patent pending in the United States:

“Compositions and Methods for Metabolic Health” filed on December 23, 2021.

45

Table of Contents

Government Regulation

The formulating, manufacturing, packaging & labeling, distributing, marketing, and advertising of our nutritional beverage products are subject to government regulation, principally by the Food and Drug Administration (hereinafter the "FDA"). We are classified as an own-label distributor because we contract with other firms to manufacture our products which we distribute under our trademarks. However, as an own-label distributor, we retain ultimate responsibility for the products we distribute into interstate commerce. We are required to be compliant with pertinent FDA regulations and industry guidance, deriving from TITLE 21--FOOD AND DRUGS, CHAPTER I--FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES, SUBCHAPTER B - FOOD FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION.

We consider our soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages to be conventional foods. Section 201(f) of the Food Drug & Cosmetics Act (FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 321(f)) defines a food as “(1) articles used for food or drink for man or other animals, (2) chewing gum, and (3) articles used for components of any such article.”  The term “conventional” to modify “food” is found throughout the FD&C Act.  For example, under Section 201(ff)(2)(B) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 321(ff)(2)(B)), the term “dietary supplement” means a product that, among other requirements, “is not represented for use as a conventional food or as a sole item of a meal or the diet.” 

Our statements of nutritional support for GLUCODOWN® and FIBER UP® fall into two of the three categories of permitted claims of nutritional support defined in FDA regulations and industry guidance:

1) Nutrient Content claims.  Nutrient Content claims are permitted in accordance with TITLE 21--FOOD AND DRUGS CHAPTER I--FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES SUBCHAPTER B - FOOD FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION PART 101 -- FOOD LABELING, Subpart D - Specific Requirements for Nutrient Content Claims; Sec. 101.54 Nutrient content claims for "good source," "high," "more," and "high potency."  An example of such a Nutrient Content claim is “good source of fiber”.

2) Structure/Function claims.  FDA published a small entity compliance guide (SECG) for a final rule published in the Federal Register of January 6, 2000 (65 FR 1000), entitled “Regulations on Statements Made for Dietary Supplements Concerning the Effect on the Structure or Function of the Body.”  This SECG is intended to set forth the requirements of that final rule in plain language and to help small businesses understand the regulation. “Structure/function claims may describe the role of a nutrient or dietary ingredient intended to affect the normal structure or function of the human body, for example, "calcium builds strong bones." In addition, they may characterize the means by which a nutrient or dietary ingredient acts to maintain such structure or function, for example, "fiber maintains bowel regularity," or "antioxidants maintain cell integrity." General well-being claims describe general well-being from consumption of a nutrient or dietary ingredient. Nutrient deficiency disease claims describe a benefit related to a nutrient deficiency disease (such as vitamin C and scurvy), but such claims are allowed only if they also say how widespread the disease is in the United States. These three types of claims are not pre-approved by FDA (65 FR 1000), but the manufacturer must have substantiation that the claim is truthful and not misleading…” (Source: Structure/Function Claims and Related Dietary Supplement Claims. Website: fda.gov/food/food-labeling-nutrition/label-claims-conventional-foods-and-dietary-supplements.  Accessed July 8, 2022).

FDA does not require conventional food distributors or manufacturers to notify FDA about their Nutrient Content claims or Structure/Function claims, and disclaimers are not required for such claims on conventional food labels. Nevertheless, we voluntarily include the disclaimer “These statements have not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration. This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease.” to better inform consumers. FDA states that nutrient content claims and structure/function claims for conventional food, are not required to be “preapproved by FDA, but the manufacturer must have substantiation that the claim is truthful and not misleading.” (Source: Label claims for conventional foods and dietary supplements. Website: fda.gov/food/food-labeling-nutrition/label-claims-conventional-foods-and-dietary-supplements. Accessed July 8, 2022.)  We maintain a compilation of nutritional investigations provided by our ingredient supplier, Archer Daniels Midland/Matsutani, relating to how their dietary fiber impacts the structure or function of the human body. This compilation supports our efforts in substantiating the truthfulness of our claims, consistent with FDA guidance.

Additionally, our efforts in substantiating the truthfulness of our structure/function claims are supported by the determination by FDA, that our supplier’s ingredient can be labeled “dietary fiber”. The Federal Register of May 27, 2016 (81 FR 33742), includes a final rule amending Nutrition Facts and Supplement Facts Labels regulations (hereafter referred to as “the final rule”). The final rule, among other things, defines dietary fiber as “non-digestible soluble and insoluble carbohydrates…determined by FDA to have physiological effects that are beneficial to human health” (21 CFR 101.9(c)(6)(i)). The various impacts of dietary fiber on human physiology studied by FDA in making this determination, include dietary fiber’s impacts on blood glucose and insulin levels (and other impacts, see for example, Review of the Scientific Evidence on the Physiological Effects of Certain Non-Digestible Carbohydrates, June 2018, Food and Drug Administration, https://www.fda.gov/files/food/published/Review-of-the-Scientific-Evidence-on-the-Physiological-Effects-of-Certain-Non-Digestible-Carbohydrates-PDF.pdf). Accordingly, enriching our beverages with dietary fiber, for which various physiological impacts are determined to be scientific fact by FDA, supports our belief that our beverages are compliant with FDA regulations pertaining to truthfulness in labeling. We also believe that the amount of dietary fiber in our beverage serving sizes, which falls within the range considered beneficial in several of the nutritional investigations provided to us by our ingredient manufacturer, also supports our truthfulness in labeling.

Section 402 of the FD&C Act includes many reasons a food may be adulterated including: If the food bears or contains any poisonous or deleterious substance which may render it injurious to health; consists in whole or in part of any filthy, putrid, or decomposed substance, or is otherwise unfit for food; or has been prepared, packed, or held under insanitary conditions whereby it may be rendered injurious to health. Section 403 of the FD&C Act includes many reasons a food may be misbranded including: If the label, brand, tag or notice under which it is sold is false or misleading in any particular as to the kind, grade or quality or composition; if it is sold as the product of one manufacturer when in reality it is the product of another manufacturer; if on the label, brand, tag or notice under which it is sold there is any false statement concerning the sanitary conditions under which it is manufactured. Failure to comply with these statutes, which are material to our business, can result in various levels of regulatory actions being imposed, including but not limited to, action letters, product recalls and injunctions. Such actions, if they took place, could have a deleterious impact on our business.

We retain ultimate responsibility for the products we distribute into interstate commerce, and we are subject to periodic, unannounced, on premise, inspections by FDA officers. Our most recent such inspection was completed during the 2021 fiscal year.  Public release of such inspection reports is managed by FDA, but we believe the uneventful completion of our inspection is indicative of our continuous efforts to be aware of, and comply with, pertinent FDA regulations and industry guidance. Since the inception of our current business, we have retained an attorney, Marc Sanchez, who is an adjunct professor at a university and published expert in food and beverage law, to assist us with our FDA (and FTC) compliance. Our attorney routinely reviews our product labeling and marketing materials, including television advertising scripts, to maintain and ensure compliance with pertinent FDA regulations and industry guidance. Additionally, in 2020 and 2021, we retained the services of a consultant specializing in FDA record-keeping, to ensure our compliance, as an own-label distributor, with pertinent FDA record-keeping requirements.

In addition to the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission (hereinafter the "FTC") has further jurisdiction to regulate the labeling, promotion, and advertising of conventional foods. The FTC is authorized to use a variety of processes and remedies for enforcement, both administratively and judicially, including compulsory process, cease and desist orders, and injunctions. FTC enforcement can result in orders requiring, among other things, limits on advertising, corrective advertising, consumer redress, divestiture of assets, rescission of contracts and such other relief as may be deemed necessary. State and local authorities can also regulate advertising and labeling for conventional foods. There can be no assurance that these federal, state, and local authorities will not commence regulatory actions that could restrict the permissible scope of our product claims. Since the inception of our current business, we have not had any contact with FTC, state or local authorities.

Employees

We currently have no employees. All corporate and operations functions of the Company are carried out by our CEO/CFO and by contractors and consultants under the direction and supervision of our CEO/CFO.

Facilities

We hold no real property or leases on property. We utilize our third-party tolling and contract manufacturing and logistics partner’s facilities in Arkansas and Minnesota for purposes of warehousing our raw materials and finished goods. Our principal executive office is located at 609 SW 8th Street, Suite 600, Bentonville AR, 72712, tel. 479-802-3827, for which we have an annual executive office services agreement and utilize for purposes of in-person meetings (prior to COVID-19 pandemic) and maintaining a physical presence for our FDA facility registration and periodic on-premises inspection of records by FDA officers.

46

Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. We are not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims against us.

Corporate History

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada as Bio-Solutions Corp. on March 27, 2007. From inception, through the third quarter of 2014, we were engaged in various businesses which were unrelated to our current business and corporate officers. On November 19, 2014, we changed our name to Glucose Health, Inc., and our business to that of an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages, which is our business today.  Following the name change and the changes in the focus of our business, on April 16, 2018, we filed Form 15 to terminate our registered class of securities and reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at 609 SW 8th Street, Suite 600, Bentonville, AR 72712, and our telephone number is 479-802-3827. Our corporate website is www.glucosehealthinc.com, and our product website is www.glucodown.com. Information available on this website is not incorporated by reference in and is not deemed a part of this Prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Starting in late 2019, a novel strain of the coronavirus, or COVID-19, began to rapidly spread around the world and every state in the United States. At this time, there continues to be significant volatility and uncertainty relating to the full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and the various responses to it will impact our business, operations, and financial results.

Most states and cities have at various times instituted quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules, social distancing measures and restrictions on the types of businesses that could continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. As a result, the COVID-19 pandemic may affect the operations of the FDA and other health authorities, including such authorities in Europe, which could result in delays of reviews and approvals. While there have been no specific notices of delay from federal or foreign government authorities, potential interruptions, delays, or changes to the operations of the FDA, or of any foreign authority with which we might interact, might impact the approval of any applications we plan and will need to file in the future.

In addition, we are dependent upon certain contract manufacturers and suppliers and their ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill our orders is critical to our business success. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact certain of our manufacturers and suppliers. As a result, we may face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results.

The global deterioration in economic conditions may have an adverse impact on discretionary consumer spending in markets that we plan to market our products, which could also impact our business and demand for our products. For instance, consumer spending may be negatively impacted by general macroeconomic conditions, including a rise in unemployment, and decreased consumer confidence resulting from the pandemic. Changing consumer behaviors because of the pandemic may therefore have a material impact on our expected future revenue.

The spread of COVID-19 has also adversely impacted global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in a significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

If the COVID-19 pandemic does not continue to slow and the spread of COVID-19 is not contained, our business operations, including those of contract manufacturers, could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us or our subcontractors to make further adjustments to our operations to comply with any such restrictions. We or our subcontractors may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees or employees of our subcontractors were to be tested positive for having COVID-19, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our or their facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this Prospectus, including the effectiveness of vaccines and other treatments for COVID-19, the emergence of new strains of the virus and other new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic, and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

47

Table of Contents

We have not developed a COVID-19 contingency plan to address the potential challenges and risks presented by this pandemic. If we were to prepare such a plan, there could be no assurance that it would be effective in mitigating the effects of the COVID-19 virus.

For a further discussion of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors”.

Implications of Being a Smaller Reporting Company

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. Such reduced disclosure and corporate governance obligations may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

We are a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies” and “As a “smaller reporting company,” we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public shareholders.”

For further discussion of the implications of Smaller Reporting Company status, please see “Risk Factors”.

48

Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2024 (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur on the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company, we may:

·

present only two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this Prospectus;

·

avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley;

·

provide reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

·

not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

For further discussion of the implications of Emerging Company status, please see “Risk Factors”.

49

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and director. We intend to appoint three independent directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Name

Age

Position(s)

Executive Officers

Murray Fleming

59

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)*

Sarah Berman

37

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) Nominee**

Directors

Murray Fleming

59

Director*

Robert Sipper

68

Independent Director Nominee***

William Sipper

55

Independent Director Nominee ***

Heidi Skolnik

61

Independent Director Nominee***

*Murray Fleming provides services as CEO, CFO and as a director to the Company, through BTB Management Company, a company owned by Mr. Fleming, pursuant to a consulting agreement with the Company. See “Executive Compensation-Employment/Consulting Contracts, Termination of Employment, Change-in-Control Arrangements.”

**Sarah Berman has accepted nomination as Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer of the Company and will become its Chief Accounting Officer immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

***Robert Sipper, William Sipper, and Heidi Skolnik have accepted nomination to the Board and will become members of our Board of Directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Executive Officers, Executive Officer Nominee, Director and Director Nominees

Murray Fleming, age 59, was appointed Director and Chief Executive Officer of Glucose Health, Inc. on October 1, 2014. Mr. Fleming was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Chairman on February 10, 2015. Mr. Fleming conceived soluble fiber infused iced tea and drink mixes and the brands GLUCODOWN® and FIBER UP®. Mr. Fleming also co-developed the ingredient composition which underpins GLUCODOWN®’s nutritional efficacy - a composition not previously invented based upon a worldwide patent search commissioned by Glucose Health Inc. in 2021. From 2014 through 2021, Mr. Fleming has been a significant source of growth capital for Glucose Health, Inc.

Sarah Berman, age 37, has accepted nomination as Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer of the Company, and will be its Chief Accounting Officer immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Sarah Berman earned her bachelor's degree in Accounting from Harding University in 2007, graduating magna cum laude.  In 2008, Ms. Berman joined Turner, Stone, & Co. LLP and in 2010, received her CPA designation from the Texas State Board of Public Accountancy.  In 2019, Ms. Berman established her own consulting firm and began assisting Glucose Health, Inc. with its financial statements and later audit preparation.

Robert Sipper, age 68, will be a member of our Board of Directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Mr. Sipper is the President of Cascadia Managing Brands, LLC (“CMB”) a brand management firm he co-founded with William Sipper, on March 17, 2011 (to present). Mr. Sipper and CMB have advised established and emerging beverage brands, including Evian, Hint, Liquid Death, Zico, and C2O, in the implementation of sales, marketing, operations and distribution strategies. Prior to founding CMB, Mr. Sipper was Senior Vice President and COO of Mootch & Muck, a New York based beverage and specialty food distributor and was a former practicing business law attorney.

The Company believes that Robert Sipper, as a senior executive leader with significant experience in branding, marketing and operations in the beverage industry, particularly in the space for emerging beverage brands will contribute greatly with helping to establish brand identity and help the Company grow.

William Sipper,age 55, will be a member of our Board of Directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Mr. Sipper is the Managing Partner of Cascadia Managing Brands, LLC (“CMB”), a brand management firm he co-founded with Robert Sipper, on March 17, 2011 (to present).  Mr. Sipper has been a featured speaker at Columbia University School of Business, The Bottled Water Congress (Torino, Italy), and at virtually every major US food and beverage industry trade show, including Natural Products Expo, BevNet and Nosh Live. He has been featured on Food Network’s “Unwrapped” and in the PBS documentary “The Water Wars.” Prior to founding CMB, Mr. Sipper held senior positions at beverage companies including Nantucket Nectars, sold to Ocean Spray and Naked Juice, sold to PepsiCo.

The Company believes that William Sipper, as a senior executive leader with significant experience in brand management and operations in the food and beverage industry will assist the Company’s strategic planning and operations.

Heidi Skolnik, age 61, will be a member of our Board of Directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Ms. Skolnik is a sports nutritionist and exercise physiologist and co-author of the NYTimes Best Selling The Whole Body Reset; Your weight loss plan for a flat belly, optimum health, and a body you’ll love. (Simon & Schuster and AARP). Considered a thought leader in her field, has been part of The Women’s Sports Medicine Center at Hospital for Special Surgery for over 20 years, Ms. Skolnik brought the sports nutrition model to artistic athletes and oversees the nutrition program at The Juilliard School and the School of American Ballet. Prior to that, Ms. Skolnik served as the team nutritionist with the NY Knicks for 7 years, the NY Giants for 18 years and the NY Mets for 15 years. Ms. Skolnik sat on the Board of The National Osteoporosis Foundation for ten years and currently sits on the Medical Advisory Committee of The National Menopause Foundation. Ms. Skolnik has earned two Master s degrees, one in Exercise Science, the other in Human Nutrition. As a sought-after presenter, Ms. Skolnik presents internationally and is an expert resource for both print, on-line and TV media. Ms. Skolnik is a Fellow with the American College of Sports Medicine(ACSM).

The Company believes that Heidi Skolnik, as a senior executive leader with comprehensive knowledge of nutrition and the health industry, will contribute greatly with helping to establish brand identity and product development.

50

Table of Contents

Family Relationships

Robert Sipper and William Sipper, director nominees to our Board, are brothers. There are no other family relationships between or among any of our executive officers or other directors.

Corporate Governance Overview

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our Board of Directors be independent directors. We have determined that Robert Sipper, William Sipper, and Heidi Skolnik, nominees to our Board of Directors, will qualify as “independent directors” as defined by Nasdaq listing standards. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

We plan to designate an Audit Committee consisting solely of three independent directors who also satisfy the requirements of SEC Rule 10A-3 and who can read and understand fundamental financial statements. The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other things, the appointment, compensation, removal, and oversight of the work of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, overseeing the accounting and financial reporting process of the Company, and reviewing related person transactions.

The Audit Committee will be comprised of Robert Sipper, William Sipper, and Heidi Skolnik, upon their appointment to our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has determined that Robert Sipper and William Sipper are independent directors and financially literate. Our Board of Directors has additionally determined that Robert Sipper qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules. Robert Sipper will serve as the Chairman of the committee. The Audit Committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, which will be posted at our website at www.glucosehealthinc.com.

Compensation Committee

We plan to designate a Compensation Committee. Under Nasdaq listing standards, we are required, as a smaller reporting company, to have two or more members of a compensation committee, and all members must be independent directors. The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other things, (a) reviewing all compensation arrangements for the executive officers of the Company and (b) administering the Company’s stock option plans.

The Compensation Committee will be comprised of Robert Sipper, William Sipper, and Heidi Skolnik, upon their appointment to our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has determined that Robert Sipper, William Sipper, and Heidi Skolnik are independent under Nasdaq listing standards. Robert Sipper will serve as Chairman of the committee. The Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the Board of directors, which will be posted at our website at www.glucosehealthinc.com.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Robert Sipper, William Sipper, and Heidi Skolnik, upon their appointment to our Board of Directors.

The purpose of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is to assist our Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) identifying individuals qualified to become new board members, consistent with criteria approved by our Board of Directors, (2) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that our Board of Directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders, (3) identifying board members qualified to fill vacancies on any board committee and recommending that our Board of Directors appoint the identified member or members to the applicable committee, (4) reviewing and recommending to our Board of Directors corporate governance guidelines applicable to us, (5) overseeing the evaluation of our Board of Directors and management and (6) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by our Board of Directors from time to time.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the Board of directors, which will be posted at our website at www.glucosehealthinc.com.

51

Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We plan to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our Company’s directors, officers, and future employees, which will be posted at our website at www.glucosehealthinc.com.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

Our director, nominee directors and executive officers have not been involved in any of the following events during the past ten years, except as noted:

1. any bankruptcy petition filed by or against such person or any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

2. except for our director nominee, William Sipper, who agreed to an Alford plea to misdemeanor sexual abuse in the District of Columbia in 2013, relating to conduct at an industry trade show, any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

3. being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activities or to be associated with any person practicing in banking or securities activities;

4. being found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

5. being subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

6. being subject of or party to any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity or any equivalent exchange, association, entity, or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

52

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information concerning the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to, our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer) during fiscal years 2022 and 2021.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

($)

 

 

Stock 

Awards 

($)

 

 

Options

Awards

($)

 

 

All Other

Compensation 

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Murray Fleming,

 

2022

 

 

84,000

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

84,000

 

CEO/CFO1

 

2021

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

24,000

 

(1)

Murray Fleming provides services as CEO and as a director to the Company, through BTB Management Company, a company owned by Mr. Fleming, pursuant to a consulting agreement with the Company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The Company had no outstanding equity awards at the end of fiscal year 2021. 

Employment/Consulting Contracts, Termination of Employment, Change-in-Control Arrangements

Murray Fleming

On July 1, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with BTB Management Company (“BTB”), a company owned by Murray Fleming, our CEO, CFO and director. The agreement provides for quarterly payments of $12,000 for a period of 12 months and thereafter renews quarterly until terminated by either party.

Subsequently, on April 1, 2022, we entered into a new consulting agreement with BTB (which supersedes and replaces the prior agreement dated July 1, 2021), pursuant to which BTB agreed that its principal, Mr. Fleming, shall provide services to the Company, including serving as CEO, CFO and as a director, with no fixed term. In consideration of Mr. Fleming’s services to the Company, we agreed to pay $8,000 per month, paid quarterly, to BTB, and for bonus compensation of up to $100,000, to be paid upon achievement of various corporate objectives.

The Company has not entered into employment agreements or other compensation agreements with its executive officers and there are no potential payments payable to its executive officers upon termination of employment (or contract) in connection with a change in control.

Sarah Berman

Sarah Berman has accepted nomination as Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer of the Company and will become its Chief Accounting Officer upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.The Company and Ms. Berman intend to enter into a consulting agreement with a company owned by Ms. Berman before the closing of this offering.

Director Compensation

On April 1, 2019, we issued a warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to Gerry David, upon his appointment as a Company director. We recorded an expense of $94,260 based upon the $0.16 quoted price of our Common Stock. The warrant was cancelled on March 22, 2022.

On July 15, 2019, we issued a warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to Hal Kravitz, upon his appointment as a Company director. We recorded an expense of $96,720 based upon the $0.16 quoted price of our Common Stock. The warrant was cancelled on March 22, 2022.

On June 10, 2020, we issued a warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to John Fieldly, upon his appointment as a Company director. We recorded an expense of $440,694 based upon the $0.735 quoted price of our Common Stock. The warrant was cancelled on March 22, 2022.

On February 1, 2022, we entered into a consulting agreement with Cascadia Managing Brands, LLC, a company owned by our director nominees, Robert Sipper, and William Sipper. On August 1, 2022, the Company and Cascadia Managing Brands, LLC mutually agreed to terminate their consulting agreement. On the same day, the Company entered into director’s agreements with William Sipper and Robert Sipper. Pursuant to the director’s agreements, each of William Sipper and Robert Sipper agreed to serve as an independent director of the Company immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement we filed on Form S-1. In consideration, we agreed to compensate each of William Sipper and Robert Sipper with a director fee of $30,000 per annum and the issuance of 15,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which will vest 12 months after the effective date of the agreements.

53

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment, and change in control arrangements, and indemnification arrangements, discussed, when required, in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction for the prior two-year period and each currently proposed transaction in which: 

·

we have been or are to be a participant;

·

the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

·

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Notes payable, related party:

During April 2019, the Company consolidated several notes issued to the Company’s CEO/CFO into a single $140,000 note bearing interest at 10% per annum. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the note was repaid in full and retired.

Convertible notes payable, related party:

The Company consolidated 18 separate convertible promissory notes of various principal amounts and fixed conversion prices, all bearing 5% interest per annum, issued to Murray Fleming, the Company’s CEO/CFO, between 2014 and 2016, into a single convertible promissory note of $112,157, bearing 5% interest per annum with a pro-rata fixed conversion price of $0.011, plus $5,939 accrued interest not subject to additional interest. The consolidation was for the purposes of administrative simplification and no inducement nor benefit was given to the Company’s CEO/CFO. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the note was repaid in full by issuing 690,000 shares (Note 3) and $105,950 in cash and retired.

Consulting Agreements, related party:

On July 1, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with BTB Management Company, a company owned by our CEO/CFO and director, Murray Fleming. The agreement provides for quarterly payments of $12,000 for a period of 12 months and thereafter renews quarterly until terminated by either party.

On April 1, 2022, we entered into a new consulting agreement with BTB Management Company, a company owned by our CEO/CFO and director, Murray Fleming. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, the company agreed that its Principal, Mr. Fleming, shall provide services to the Company including serving as CEO, CFO and as a director, with no fixed term. In consideration of Mr. Fleming’s services to the Company, we agreed to pay $8,000 per month, paid quarterly, to the company, and for bonus compensation of up to $100,000 to be paid, upon achievement of various corporate objectives.

On February 1, 2022, we entered into a consulting agreement with Cascadia Managing Brands, LLC, a company owned by our director nominees, Robert Sipper, and William Sipper. On August 1, 2022, the Company and Cascadia Managing Brands, LLC mutually agreed to terminate the consulting agreement. Also effective on August 1, 2022, the Company entered into director’s agreements with William Sipper and Robert Sipper and each agreed to serve as an independent director of the Company upon the effectiveness of the registration statement we filed on Form S-1. In consideration, we agreed to compensate each of William Sipper and Robert Sipper with a director fee of $30,000 per annum and the issuance of 15,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which will vest 12 months after the effective date of the agreements.

Policy on Future Related-Party Transactions

Following this offering, all future transactions between us and our officers, directors, principal stockholders, and their affiliates will be approved by the audit committee, or a similar committee consisting of entirely independent directors, according to the terms of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

54

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficially owned holdings of: (1) each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock; (2) our directors or director nominees and executive officers or nominee executive officers; and (3) all directors, director nominees, executive officers and nominee executive officers, as a group.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based upon 1,686,197 shares of Common Stock and 2,626,667 shares of Preferred Stock (convertible to Common Stock), for a total of 4,312,864 shares issued and outstanding, as of the current period (September 30, 2022) and subsequent events thereto.

Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based upon the sale and issuance of 2,125,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the offering, 640,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock and 570,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock, no exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option to purchase 318,750 shares of Common Stock and no exercise of the Representative’s compensatory warrants.

A person is considered to beneficially own any shares: (i) over which such person, directly or indirectly, exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or (ii) of which such person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days through an exercise of stock options or warrants. To the best of our knowledge, each of the persons named in the table below as beneficially owning the shares set forth therein has sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to such shares, unless otherwise indicated. Unless otherwise specified, the address of each of the persons set forth below is in care of the Company, at 609 SW 8th Street, Suite 600, Bentonville, AR 72712.

Name and Address of Owner

 

Shares of Common

Stock Beneficially Owned

 

 

 Percent Beneficially Owned Before the Offering

 

 

Percent

Beneficially

Owned

After the Offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5% Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christopher Jemapete1

 

 

858,333

 

 

 

19.90%

 

 

13.33%

Edmund Burke2

 

 

833,333

 

 

 

19.32%

 

 

12.94%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kellogg & Gail V Kellogg Living Trust3

 

 

317,000

 

 

 

7.35%

 

 

4.92%

Meyer Family Trust4

 

 

319,334

 

 

 

7.40%

 

 

4.96%

Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Murray Fleming

 

 

76,500

 

 

 

1.77%

 

 

1.19%

Sarah Berman†

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

 

 

0%

Robert Sipper*

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

 

 

0%

William Sipper*

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

 

 

0%

Heidi Skolnik*

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

 

 

0%

Hal Kravitz**

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

 

 

0%

John Fieldly**

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

 

 

0%

Gerry David***

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

 

 

0%

Total of Officers and Directors

 

 

76,500

 

 

 

1.77%

 

 

1.19%

(1)  Includes 200,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 300,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(2) Includes 200,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 300,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(3) Including (i) 12,000 shares of Common Stock owned by Gail V Kellogg Living Trust; (ii) 200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock owned by Gail Kellogg; and (iii) 105,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock owned by Gail V Kellogg Living Trust. Gail Kellogg and Brooks Kellogg, in their capacity as trustees of Gail V Kellogg Living Trust, may be deemed to be the beneficial owners and to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares held by Gail V Kellogg Living Trust

(4) Including (i) 89,334 shares of Common Stock; (ii) 140,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock; and (iii) 90,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock. Craig Meyer may be deemed to be the beneficial owner and to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares held by Meyer Family 2000 Trust Dated April 25, 2000.

†nominee Chief Accounting Officer

*nominee director

**resigned March 14, 2022

***resigned March 21, 2022

55

Table of Contents

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

This Prospectus covers the possible resale by the Selling Stockholders identified in the table below of up to 1,313,402 shares of our Common Stock. The Selling Stockholder Shares are issuable to the Selling Stockholders upon the conversion of their holdings of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, to Common Stock, which will be implemented prior to the consummation of this offering.

The Selling Stockholders may sell some, all or none of their Selling Stockholder Shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the Selling Stockholders have not had any material relationship with us or any of our affiliates within the past three years other than as a security holder.

Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, we believe that: (i) the Selling Stockholders are not a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer, and (ii) the Selling Stockholders have not had direct or indirect agreements or understandings with any person to distribute their Selling Stockholder Shares. To the extent the Selling Stockholders identified below are, or are affiliated with, a broker-dealer, it could be deemed, to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. Information about the Selling Stockholders may change over time.

The following table presents information regarding the Selling Stockholders and the Selling Stockholder Shares that they may offer and sell from time to time under this Prospectus. The table reflects the Selling Stockholders respective holdings as of the date of this filing, unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the table. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus represents voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power, as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date of this table. To our knowledge and subject to applicable community property rules, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all equity interests beneficially owned. The percentage of shares beneficially owned before and after the offering are based upon effectiveness of our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

Selling Stockholder

 

Shares Beneficially

Owned Before

this Offering

 

 

Percentage of

Outstanding

Shares

Beneficially

Owned

Before

this Offering

 

 

Shares to be

Sold in

this

Offering

 

 

Shares Beneficially

Owned After

this

Offering

 

 

Percentage of

Outstanding

Shares

Beneficially

Owned After this

Offering(1)

 

NWBB Inc.

 

 

39,735

(2)

 

*

 

 

39,735

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Marion R Jenkins II

 

 

19,000

(3)

 

*

 

 

19,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Kimberley Jenkins

 

 

10,000

(4)

 

*

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Meyer Family Trust

 

 

319,334

(5)

 

 

7.40%

 

 

252,667

 

 

 

66,667

 

 

 

1.04%

Patrick Sonnier & Claire Sonnier

 

 

137,500

(6)

 

 

3.19%

 

 

137,500

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Gail Kellogg

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

4.64%

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Gail V Kellogg Living Trust

 

 

117,000

(7)

 

 

2.71%

 

 

117,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Thomas M Gebhardt & Michelle D Gebhardt

 

 

137,500

(8)

 

 

3.19%

 

 

137,500

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Brian Burke

 

 

100,000

(9)

 

 

2.32%

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Avinash Kant

 

 

150,000

(10)

 

 

3.48%

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Steven C Paul

 

 

75,000

(11)

 

 

1.74%

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

John C Parks & Elizabeth M Parks

 

 

75,000

(12) 

 

 

1.74%

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0%

Total

 

 

1,380,069

 

 

 

 

1,313,402

 

 

 

66,667

 

 

 

1.04%

56

Table of Contents

*

Less than 1%

(1) Assumes all shares offered by the Selling Stockholders are sold and that the Selling Stockholders buy or sell no additional shares of Common Stock prior to the completion of this Offering. The registration of these shares does not necessarily mean that the Selling Stockholders will sell all or any portion of the shares covered by this Prospectus.

(2) 39,735 shares of Common Stock. Marc Hatch may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares and to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares held by NWBB Inc.

(3) 19,000 shares of Common Stock.

(4) 10,000 shares of Common Stock.

(5) Including (i) 89,334 shares of Common Stock; (ii) 140,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock; and (iii) 90,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock. Craig Meyer may be deemed to be the beneficial owner and to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares held by Meyer Family 2000 Trust Dated April 25, 2000.

(6) Including (i) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock; and (ii) 37,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock.

(7) Including (i) 12,000 shares of Common Stock owned by Gail V Kellogg Living Trust; (ii) 200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock owned by Gail Kellogg; and (iii) 105,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock owned by Gail V Kellogg Living Trust. Gail Kellogg and Brooks Kellogg, in their capacity as trustees of Gail V Kellogg Living Trust, may be deemed to be the beneficial owners and to have investment discretion and voting power over the shares held by Gail V Kellogg Living Trust.

(8) Including (i) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock; and (ii) 37,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock.

(9) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock.

(10) 150,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock.

(11) 75,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock.

(12) 75,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series E Preferred Stock.

57

Table of Contents

Plan of Distribution

We are registering the Selling Stockholder Shares, including Common Stock, and Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock prior to consummation of this offering, to permit the resale of the Selling Stockholder Shares by the Selling Stockholders, from time to time after the date of this Prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the Selling Stockholder Shares. We will bear all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the Selling Stockholder Shares in the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The Selling Stockholder Shares will not be sold through the underwriters in this public offering.

The Selling Stockholders may sell all or a portion of the Selling Stockholder Shares beneficially owned by them and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more broker-dealers or agents. If the Selling Stockholder Shares are sold through broker-dealers, the Selling Stockholders will be responsible for commissions or agent’s commissions. The Selling Stockholder Shares may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be affected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions,

on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;

in the over-the-counter market;

in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market;

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

privately negotiated transactions;

short sales;

in transactions through broker-dealers that agree with the Selling Stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per security;

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

a combination of any such methods of sale; or

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

58

Table of Contents

The Selling Stockholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 or any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this Prospectus. However, the Selling Stockholders will not sell any Selling Stockholder Shares until after the closing of this initial public offering.

If the Selling Stockholders effect such transactions by Selling Stockholder Shares to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling Stockholders or commissions from purchasers of the Selling Stockholder Shares for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal (which discounts, concessions or commissions as to particular underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved). In connection with sales of the Selling Stockholder Shares or otherwise, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Selling Stockholder Shares in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell Selling Stockholder Shares short and deliver Selling Stockholder Shares covered by this Prospectus to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The Selling Stockholders may also loan or pledge Selling Stockholder Shares to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such shares.

The Selling Stockholders may pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Selling Stockholder Shares owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the Selling Stockholder Shares from time to time pursuant to this Prospectus or any amendment to this Prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act, amending, if necessary, the list of Selling Stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Stockholders under this Prospectus. The Selling Stockholders also may transfer and donate the Selling Stockholder Shares in other circumstances in which case the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling thosebeneficial owners for purposes of this Prospectus.

The Selling Stockholders and any broker-dealer participating in the distribution of the Selling Stockholder Shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any commission paid, or any discounts or concessions allowed to, any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. At the time a particular offering of the Selling Stockholder Shares is made, a Prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed which will set forth the aggregate amount of Selling Stockholder Shares being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation from the Selling Stockholders and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to broker-dealers.

Under the securities laws of some states, the Selling Stockholder Shares may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Selling Stockholder Shares may not be sold unless such shares because our common stockhave been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

There can be no assurance that any Selling Stockholder will probablysell any or all of the Selling Stockholder Shares registered pursuant to the registration statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part.

The Selling Stockholders and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the pennySecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the Selling Stockholder Shares by the Selling Stockholders and any other participating person. Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the Selling Stockholder Shares to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Selling Stockholder Shares. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the Selling Stockholder Shares and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Selling Stockholder Shares.

Once sold under the registration statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part, the Selling Stockholder Shares will be freely tradeable in the hands of persons other than our affiliates.

59

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

The following description of our securities and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) and amended and restated bylaws (the “bylaws”) are summaries and are qualified by reference to such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. By becoming a shareholder in our Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of capital stock, rules.


17

Executive Compensation

Any compensation receivedconsisting of (i) 40,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, (“Common Stock”) (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). As of September 30, 2022, 1,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock are authorized, 3,466,668 shares of Series B Preferred Stock are authorized, 866,668 shares of Series C Preferred Stock are authorized, 300,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are authorized, and 480,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock are authorized.  

Subsequent to the current reporting period, on October 9, 2022, we amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation, such that 1,200,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are authorized, and 1,440,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock are authorized, as of the date of this filing.

The authorized but unissued shares of our Common Stock and Preferred Stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions, and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Common Stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Common Stock

As of September 30, 2022, 13,848,630 shares of our Common Stock are issued and outstanding (figure not adjusted for our Common Stock Reverse Split).  As of January 3, 2023, 1,686,187 shares of our Common Stock are issued and outstanding.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. However, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock, if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote pursuant to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Holders of our Common Stock has the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, at any meeting of stockholders, and holders of shares of Preferred Stock and any series shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of stockholders at which they are not otherwise entitled to vote.

Liquidation or Dissolution

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive all assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then-outstanding Preferred Stock. 

Dividends

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.

60

Table of Contents

Pre-emptive Rights

The holders of our Common Stock generally do not have pre-emptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any of our capital stock or other Common Stock. 

Redemption

The shares of our Common Stock are not subject to redemption by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise.

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors is empowered, upon stockholder approval, to issue shares of Preferred Stock with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Common Stock. In addition, the Preferred Stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying, or preventing a change in control of us.

As of September 30, 2022, 5,641,002 shares of our Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding. As of January 6, 2023, 2,627,667 shares of our Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.

Series A Voting Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2022, there are 1,000 shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. For so long as any shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, the holders hereof shall possess more than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation. The Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or by consent pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the number of votes equal to all shares of Common Stock which are then issued and outstanding, plus an additional 10,000 shares.

The Company shall not have the right to redeem the Series A Voting Preferred Stock except upon receiving the consent and approval of the terms of conditions of redemption from the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all outstanding shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock. Currently, our CEO owns 100% of our Series A Voting Preferred Stock.

Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends and does not have any conversion rights.

Series B Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2022, there are 2,133,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. Subsequent to the current reporting period, on October 9, 2022, all 2,133,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock were converted to 2,133,334 shares of Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our Common Stock Reverse Split).

During the time that any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series B Preferred Stock at the rate of 10% of the stated value of $0.075 per share per year, payable quarterly commencing on July 1, 2019.

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock do not have the right to vote.

Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends.

The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to Common Stock, any or all of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock.

Series C Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2022, there are 866,667 shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. Subsequent to the current reporting period, 700,001 shares of Series C Preferred Stock were converted to 700,001 shares of Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our Common Stock Reverse Split). 

During the time that any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series C Preferred Stock at the rate of 10% of the stated value of $0.075 per share per year, payable quarterly commencing on July 1, 2020.

61

Table of Contents

Holders of Series C Preferred Stock do not have the right to vote.

Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends.

The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to Common Stock, any or all of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock.

Series D Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2022, there are 300,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. Subsequent to the current reporting period, on October 9, 2022, we forward split our shares of Series D Preferred Stock by a ratio 4 for 1, such that 1,200,000 shares are now issued and outstanding.

During the time that any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series D preferred stock at the rate of 10% of the stated value of $1.00 ($0.25 as of October 9, 2022) per share per year, payable quarterly commencing on July 1, 2020.

Holders of Series D Preferred Stock do not have the right to vote.

Each share of Series D preferred stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends.

The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to Common Stock, any or all of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock.

Series E Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2022, there are 480,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. Subsequent to the current reporting period, on October 9, 2022, we forward split our shares of Series E Preferred Stock by a ratio of 3 for 1, such that 1,440,000 shares are now issued and outstanding. Subsequent to the current reporting period, on January 3, 2023, 180,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock were converted to 180,000 shares of Common Stock (figure not adjusted for our Common Stock Reverse Split).

During the time that any shares of Series E preferred stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series E preferred stock at the rate of 5% of the stated value of $2.00 ($0.667 as of October 9, 2022) per share per year, payable quarterly commencing on April 1, 2021.

Holders of Series E Preferred Stock do not have the right to vote.

Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series E Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends.

The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to Common Stock, any or all of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our transfer agent is Nevada Agency and Transfer Company, 50 W Liberty Street, Suite 880, Reno, NV 89501, (775) 322-0626. Our transfer agent is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Warrants

We currently do not have any outstanding warrants.

62

Table of Contents

Representative’s Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, there are expected to be up to 42,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s warrants. See “Underwriting-Representative’s Warrants” for a description of the Representative’s warrants.

Listing

We have applied to have our Common Stock listed on the Nasdaq under the symbol “GLUC.” We will not proceed with this offering in the event our Common Stock is not approved for listing on the Nasdaq.

Holders

As of September 30, 2022, our shares of Common Stock were held by approximately 121 stockholders of record, including Cede & Co.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Section 203 of the DGCL provides that if a person acquires 15% or more of the voting stock of a Delaware corporation, such person becomes an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in certain “Business Combinations” with such corporation for a period of three years from the time such person acquired 15% or more of such corporation’s voting stock, unless: (1) the Board of Directors of such corporation approves the acquisition of stock or the merger transaction before the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, (2) the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation at the time the merger transaction commences (excluding voting stock owned by directors who are also officers directors, and management personnel willcertain employee stock plans), or (3) the merger transaction is approved by the Board of Directors and at a meeting of stockholders, not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of 2/3 of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. A Delaware corporation may elect in its certificate of incorporation or Bylaws not to be determined from time to timegoverned by this particular Delaware law.

Our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our Board of Directors. As of March 18, 2009, ourThese provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors and officerswho are not paid any compensation. They are nevertheless reimbursednominated by the members of our Board of Directors or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. For instance, our certificate of incorporation does not provide for their reasonable expenses incurred upon presentationcumulative voting in the election of the appropriate documentary evidence.


Summary Compensation Table.  The table set forth below summarizes the annual and long-term compensation for services in all capacities to us payable to our chief executive officer and our other executive officers for the period from March 27, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2008.directors. Our Board of Directors are empowered to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Board of Directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director in certain circumstances; and our advance notice provisions in our bylaws require that stockholders must comply with certain procedures in order to nominate candidates to our Board of Directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting.

Our authorized but unissued Common Stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Common Stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Forum for Litigation

We note that Article XII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (referring to Delaware State Courts) as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any derivative action. To the extent that the applicability such provision may adopt an incentive stock option plan for our executive officersbe sought in connection with actions arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, pursuant to Section 27 of the Exchange Act, exclusive federal jurisdiction is created over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, which would result in additional compensation.


Annual Compensation
Long Term Compensation
Name and Principal PositionYearSalary ($)Bonus ($)Other Annual Compensation ($)AwardsPayoutsAll Other Compensation
Restricted Stock Awards ($)Securities Underlying Options/SARs (#)LTIP Payouts ($)
Roger Corriveau former officer, and director2008NoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNone
Gilbert Pomerleau, chief financial officer, director2008NoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNone
Ghislaine St-Hilaire, vice president, secretary, director2008NoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNone

Employment Contractsfederal courts instead having jurisdiction over such claims. Pursuant to Section 22 of the Securities Act, concurrent jurisdiction is created for federal and Terminationstate courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision in an action arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act.

The Company does not intend for such exclusive forum provision to apply to claims arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. The Company plans to amend its Amended and Restated Certificate of Employment. We doIncorporation upon effectiveness of this registration statement to unambiguously provide that such exclusive forum provisions would not anticipateapply to claims arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and until such time as such amendment has become effective, to provide its investors of notice to this effect, the Company will continue to include disclosure indicating that the Company does not intend for such exclusive forum provisions to apply to claims arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. With respect to claims arising under the Securities Act, note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and rules and regulations thereunder.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, shares of our Common Stock were quoted by OTC Markets under the symbol “GLUC.” Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or upon debt conversion, or the anticipation of these sales, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of equity securities.

Upon completion of this offering, we estimate that we will enter into any employment contracts with anyhave 5,021,197 issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, not including:

·

1,416,667 shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon exercise of the 1-for-1 conversion option of 1,416,667 issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

·

Any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option and underlying the Representative’s warrants.

63

Table of Contents

Sale of Restricted Securities

The shares of our employees. WeCommon Stock sold pursuant to this offering will be registered under the Securities Act or 1933, as amended, and therefore freely transferable, except for our affiliates. Our affiliates will be deemed to own “control” securities that are not registered for resale under the registration statement covering this Prospectus. Individuals who may be considered our affiliates after this offering include individuals who control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, as those terms generally are interpreted for federal securities law purposes. These individuals may include some or all of our directors and executive officers. Individuals who are our affiliates are not permitted to resell their shares of our Common Stock unless such shares are separately registered under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available, such as Rule 144.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who beneficially owns “restricted securities” (i.e., securities that are not registered by an effective registration statement) of a “reporting company” may not sell these securities until the person has beneficially owned them for at least six months. Thereafter, affiliates may not sell within any three-month period a number of shares in excess of the greater of: (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock as shown by the most recent report or statement published by the issuer; and (ii) the average weekly reported trading volume in such securities during the four preceding calendar weeks.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to restrictions relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us and may be affected only through unsolicited brokers’ transactions.

Persons not deemed to be affiliates who have no plans or arrangementsbeneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months but for less than one year may sell these securities, provided that current public information about the Company is “available,” which means that, on the date of sale, we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days and are current in respectour Exchange Act filings. After beneficially owning “restricted securities” for one year, our non-affiliates may engage in unlimited re-sales of remuneration received or that may besuch securities.

Shares received by our executive officers to compensate such officersaffiliates in the event of termination of employment (as a result of resignationthis offering or retirement).


Outstanding Equity Awards. As of December 31, 2008, the following named executive officers had the following unexercised options, stock that has not vested, and equity incentive plan awards:

Option  AwardsStock Awards
 Name
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options
# Exercisable
# Un-exercisableEquity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised OptionsOption Exercise PriceOption Expiration DateNumber of Shares or Units of Stock Not VestedMarket Value of Shares or Units  Not VestedEquity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights Not NestedValue of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights Not Vested
Roger Corriveau former officer, and director000000000
Gilbert Pomerleau, chief financial officer, director000000000
Ghislaine St-Hilaire, vice president, secretary, director000000000

No Equity Compensation Plan. We do not have any securities authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plan.

Stock Options/SAR Grants. No grantsupon exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights were made since ourupon vesting of other equity-linked awards may be “control securities” rather than “restricted securities.” “Control securities” are subject to the same volume limitations as “restricted securities” but are not subject to holding period requirements.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of the Company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of incorporation on March 27, 2007.


Long-TermIncentive Plans. There are no arrangementsthis Prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701 and until expiration of the lock-up period described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

The Company, each of our directors and executive officers, and our 5% and greater stockholders, have agreed not to, subject to certain limited exceptions, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or plansotherwise dispose of our Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, or to enter into any hedge or other arrangement or any transaction that transfers, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the shares of our Common Stock, in the case of the Company for a period of 360 days after the date of this Prospectus, and in the case of our directors and executive officers and our 5% and greater stockholders for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the underwriter. See “Underwriting-Lock-up Agreements.”

64

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Common Stock purchased in this offering, which we refer to collectively as our securities, but is for general information purposes only and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), final, temporary, and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our securities.

This summary does not address any alternative minimum tax considerations, any considerations regarding the Medicare tax, any considerations regarding the tax on net investment income, or the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction, or under any non-income tax laws, including U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this summary does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to investors, nor does it address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

·

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

·

tax-exempt entities or governmental organizations, including agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

·

regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;

·

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

·

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

·

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

·

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

·

tax-qualified retirement plans;

·

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

·

partnerships or entities or arrangements classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and other pass-through entities including S corporations and trusts (and any investors therein);

·

persons who hold our securities as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

·

persons who do not hold our securities as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

·

persons deemed to sell our securities under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, or persons holding the securities as part of a “straddle,” hedge, conversion transaction, integrated transaction, or other similar transaction.

In addition, if a partnership (or entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our securities, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our securities, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your own tax advisors with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our securities arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

65

Table of Contents

Consequences to U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a U.S. holder of our securities. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. holder if, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you are a beneficial owner of our securities, other than a partnership, that is:

·

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

·

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia;

·

an estate trust whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

·

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court, and which has one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a “United States person.”

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Market for Our Common Stock - Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our Common Stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions in cash or other property on our Common Stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent our distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital that will first reduce your basis in our Common Stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale or other disposition of stock as described below under “Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.”

Dividend income may be taxed to an individual U.S. holder at rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that a minimum holding period and other limitations and requirements are satisfied with certain exemptions. Any dividends that we pay to a U.S. holder that is a corporation will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied, subject to certain limitations. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the holding period and other requirements that must be satisfied in order to qualify for the reduced tax rate on dividends or the dividends-received deduction.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock 

A U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our securities. The amount of gain or loss will equal the difference between the amount realized on the sale and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such securities. The amount realized will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received in exchange for such securities. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its securities will generally equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost or purchase price, less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. Gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the securities for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. holders are generally taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting requirements may apply to dividends paid to a U.S. holder and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our securities, unless the U.S. holder is an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if the U.S. holder fails to provide pension, retirementa taxpayer identification number, a certification of exempt status or has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding (and such notification has not been withdrawn).

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Unearned Income Medicare Tax

A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax will generally apply to all or some portion of the net investment income of a U.S. holder that is an individual with adjusted gross income that exceeds a threshold amount.

66

Table of Contents

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a non-U.S. holder of our securities. A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our securities (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. holder. The term “non-U.S. holder” includes:

·

a non-resident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the U.S. subject to U.S. tax as expatriates);

·

a foreign corporation;

·

an estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder; or

·

any other Person that is not a U.S. holder

but generally does not include an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more or who is otherwise treated as a U.S. resident in the taxable year. If you are such an individual, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or sale or other disposition of our securities.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, any distribution paid to a non-U.S. holder, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, provided such dividends are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying qualification for the reduced rate. These forms must be provided prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty should consult with their individual tax advisor to determine if they may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If a non-U.S. holder holds our securities through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then may be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification and disclosure requirements. In order to obtain this exemption, the non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. holders, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, dividends received by a corporate non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing (but not below zero) the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Common Stock and, to the extent such distribution exceeds the Non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis, as gain realized from the sale or other disposition of the Common Stock, which will be treated as described under “Non-U.S. Holders - Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” below.

67

Table of Contents

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our securities unless:

·

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States);

·

the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

·

shares of our Common Stock constitute U.S. real property interests by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (a USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the non-U.S. holder’s disposition of, or the non- U.S. holder’s holding period for, our Common Stock (provided that an exception does not apply), and, in the case where shares of our Common Stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the Non-U.S. holder has owned, directly or constructively, more than 5% of our Common Stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or such Non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our Common Stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Common Stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded Common Stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the non-U.S. holder’s disposition of, or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for, our Common Stock.

If the non-U.S. holder is described in the first bullet above, they will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or (in each case) such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year (provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may apply.

Federal Estate Tax

Securities beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar benefitsreport will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

A Non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty generally will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding as well for directorsexample, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or executive officers. We doIRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

68

Table of Contents

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) generally imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our securities paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless any such institution (1) enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the IRS to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution that are owned by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments, or (2) if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports such information to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our securities are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of our securities held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions will generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (1) certifies to us or the applicable withholding agent that such entity does not have any material bonus“substantial United States owners” or profit sharing plans(2) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which will in turn be provided to the U.S. Department of Treasury. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our securities.

69

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering shares of Common Stock as described in this Prospectus through the underwriters named below. EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC (“EF Hutton”, or “Representative”) is acting as the Representative of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares listed next to its name in the following table.

Underwriters

Number of

Shares

EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC

2,125,000

Total

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock as described below. Our shares of Common Stock are offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

·

receipt and acceptance of our shares of Common Stock by the underwriters; and

��

the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by EF Hutton that the underwriters intend to make a market in our Common Stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute Prospectuses electronically.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of 318,750 additional shares of Common Stock. The underwriters have 45 days from the date of this Prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional securities approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

Underwriting Discount

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this Prospectus. Any Shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $0.32 per share from the public offering price. The underwriters may offer the shares through one or more of their affiliates or selling agents. If all the Shares are not sold at the public offering price, EF Hutton may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the Shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

The following table provides information regarding the amount of the discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us, before expenses:

 

 

Total Per

Share

 

Public offering price

 

$4.00

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$0.32

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$3.68

 

 (1) We have agreed to pay EF Hutton an underwriting discount of 8.0% of the gross proceeds of this offering.

70

Table of Contents

Expenses

We have agreed to pay up to $150,000 of  EF Hutton’s expenses in connection with the offering, including: (i) up to $7,500 of EF Hutton’s actual accountable road show expenses, (ii) a $4,500 cost associated with EF Hutton’s use of book building, Prospectus tracking and compliance software, (iii) costs associated with bound volumes of the offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000, (iv) EF Hutton’s legal fees, up to a maximum amount of $135,000, irrespective of whether the offering is consummated (subject to $50,000 in the event that there is not a closing). We have paid $50,000 to EF Hutton as an advance to be applied towards out-of-pocket accountable expenses (which we refer to as the “Advance”). Any portion of the Advance shall be returned back to us to the extent not actually incurred. Additionally, we have agreed that 0.9% of the gross proceeds of the offering shall be provided to EF Hutton for non-accountable expenses. The Company also agreed that it shall at its own expense conduct background checks, by a background search firm acceptable to EF Hutton, on the Company's senior management and Board of Directors.

Representative’s Warrants

We have agreed to issue warrants to EF Hutton to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 2% of the total number of shares sold in this offering at an exercise price equal to 150% of the public offering price of the Shares sold in this offering. The underwriters’ warrants will be exercisable upon issuance and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the commencement date of sales in this offering. The underwriters’ warrants are only exercisable or convertible during the four and a half-year period commencing six (6) months from the effective date of sales in this offering. The underwriters’ warrants also provide for customary anti-dilution provisions, one-time demand registration right (with a duration of such right not to exceed five years from the commencement of sales of Common Stock in this offering) and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights (with a duration of such rights not to exceed seven years from the commencement of sales of Common Stock in this offering) with respect to the registration of the shares of Common Stock underlying the warrants. We have registered the underwriters’ warrants and the shares underlying the underwriters’ warrants in this offering.

The underwriters’ warrant and the underlying shares are deemed to be compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), neither the underwriters’ warrant nor any of our shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement date of sales in this offering, subject to certain exceptions. The underwriters’ warrant to be received by EF Hutton and related persons in connection with this offering: (i) fully comply with lock-up restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1); and (ii) fully comply with transfer restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2).

Tail Financing

We have also granted EF Hutton the right to receive a cash fee equal to eight percent (8.0%) of the gross proceeds received by us from the sale of securities to investors introduced to us by EF Hutton, in connection with any public or private financing or capital raise completed during the twelve (12) month period after the date that this offering is completed.

Advisory Services

EF Hutton will also provide us, from time to time, financial and M&A advisory services in the ordinary course of business for which cashthey may receive customary fees and commissions.

71

Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

The Company, each of our directors and executive officers, and our 5% and greater shareholders (determined based upon our total capital stock of 6,437,864 shares, comprised of 5,021,197 shares of Common Stock to be issued and outstanding pursuant to this offering and 1,416,667 shares of Common Stock potentially issuable upon exercise of the 1-for-1 conversion option of 1,416,667 issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and not including any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s over-allotment option or non-cash compensationunderlying the Representative’s warrants),have agreed not to, subject to certain limited exceptions, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of our Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, or to enter into any hedge or other arrangement or any transaction that transfers, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the shares of our Common Stock, in the case of the Company for a period of 360 days after the date of this Prospectus, and in the case of our directors and executive officers and our 5% and greater stockholders for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of EF Hutton.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Stock Exchange

We have applied to list our Common Stock on the Nasdaq stock exchange under the symbol “GLUC.” We will not proceed with this offering in the event our Common Stock is not approved for listing on the Nasdaq.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our shares of Common Stock during and after this offering, including:

·

stabilizing transactions;

·

short sales;

·

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

·

imposition of penalty bids; and

·

syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of Common Stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our shares of Common Stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Common Stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of Common Stock on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be paid“naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of Common Stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

72

Table of Contents

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because EF Hutton has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our directorsCommon Stock or executive officers.


Director Compensation. Our directors receivedpreventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Common Stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our Common Stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Determination of Offering Price

The principal factors to be considered in determining the public offering price include:

·

the information set forth in this Prospectus and otherwise available to EF Hutton;

·

our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

·

our past and present financial performance;

·

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

·

the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;

·

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies; and

·

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of Common Stock or that the shares of Common Stock will trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

Affiliations

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in these securities and instruments.

Electronic Distribution

A Prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the Prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the Prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

73

Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this Prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Regulation, or each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our Common Stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our Common Stock may be made at any time under the following compensationexemptions under the Prospectus Regulation, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(i)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

(ii)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(iii)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of shares of our Common Stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a Prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our Common Stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Common Stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Common Stock, and the expression "Prospectus Regulation" means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Common Stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our Common Stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

74

Table of Contents

Hong Kong

Shares of our Common Stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "Prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to shares of our Common Stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for their servicethe purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our Common Stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as directors duringamended) (the "FIEL") has been made or will be made with respect to the periodsolicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of Common Stock.

Accordingly, the shares of Common Stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from March 27, 2008,the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors ("QII")

Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Common Stock constitutes either a "QII only private placement" or a "QII only secondary distribution" (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Common Stock constitutes either a "small number private placement" or a "small number private secondary distribution" (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Singapore

This Prospectus has not been registered as a Prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this Prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares of our dateCommon Stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of formation, through December 31, 2008:


NameFees Earned or Paid in Cash
Stock Awards
$
Option Awards
$
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
$
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
$
All Other Compensation
$
Total
$
Roger Corriveau former officer, and director0000000
Gilbert Pomerleau, chief financial officer, director0000000
Ghislaine St-Hilaire, vice president, secretary, director0000000

18

Financial Statements
our Common Stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

75

Table of Contents

Where shares of our Common Stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (i) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (ii) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired shares of our Common Stock under Section 275 except: (a) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (b) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (c) by operation of law.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Lucosky Brookman LLP, Woodbridge, NJ. Carmel Milazzo & Feil LLP, is acting as counsel to the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters relating to this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements requiredof Glucose Health, as of December 31, 2021, and 2020 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited by FRUCI & Associates II, PLLC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are presentedincluded in reliance upon such report, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the following order:

registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Common Stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this Prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You can read our SEC filings, including this registration statement, at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, upon effectiveness of this registration statement, we will make certain of our filings available at our corporate website, www.glucosehealthinc.com

Upon effectiveness of this registration statement we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this Prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our Common Stock. 

76

Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PAGE

Interim Financial Statements

Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021

F-2

Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021

F-3

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021

F-4

Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021

F-5

Notes to Financial Statements

F-6

PAGE

Audited Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, and 2020

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 20

F-16

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20082021, and 20072020

 21

F-18


19


Report

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$308,536

 

$752,402

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $12,052 and $10,742, respectively

 

145,476

 

29,435

Inventory

 

321,537

 

267,861

Prepaid expenses

 

-

 

103,114

Total current assets

 

775,549

 

1,152,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Website domains

 

3,295

 

3,295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intellectual assets, net of accumulated

amortization of $300

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$778,844

 

$1,156,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$1,452

 

$9,555

Total current liabilities

 

1,452

 

9,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

1,452

 

9,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A, $0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

1

 

1

Series B, $0.075 stated value, 3,466,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,133,334 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

2,133

 

2,133

Series C, $0.075 stated value, 866,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

866,668 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

867

 

867

Series D, $0.25 stated value, 1,200,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,200,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

1,200

 

1,200

Series E, $0.667 stated value, 1,440,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,440,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

1,440

 

1,440

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,848,630 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

13,849

 

13,849

Additional paid in capital

 

8,829,373

 

8,829,373

Accumulated deficit

 

(8,071,470)

 

(7,702,310)

Total stockholders' equity

 

777,392

 

1,146,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$778,844

 

 

$1,156,107

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Tothese financial statements.

F-2

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

For the nine months ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUE, NET

 

$340,681

 

$234,930

 

$918,516

 

$759,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

186,892

 

172,898

 

523,653

 

479,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

153,789

 

62,032

 

394,863

 

279,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

83,748

 

152,723

 

385,405

 

419,230

General and administrative

 

46,879

 

28,953

 

153,827

 

85,340

Professional fees

 

15,070

 

12,091

 

149,416

 

49,187

Uncollectible receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

145,697

 

193,767

 

688,648

 

553,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

8,092

 

(131,735)

 

(293,785)

 

(273,931)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(2,785)

Total other expense

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(2,785)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

8,092

 

(131,735)

 

(293,785)

 

(276,716)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

 

8,092

 

(131,735)

 

(293,785)

 

(276,716)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stock holders

 

(25,125)

 

(25,125)

 

(75,375)

 

(74,319)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS AVAILABLE FOR COMMON STOCK HOLDERS

 

$(17,033)

 

$(156,860)

 

$(369,160)

 

$(351,035)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

13,848,630

 

13,848,630

 

13,848,630

 

12,550,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$0.00

 

$(0.01)

 

$(0.02)

 

$(0.02)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$(0.00)

 

$(0.01)

 

$(0.03)

 

$(0.03)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2022 AND 2021

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Preferred Stock, series' B-E (1,2,3)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-In

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2020

 

 

1,000

 

 

$1

 

 

 

5,533,336

 

 

$5,534

 

 

 

11,627,949

 

 

$11,628

 

 

$7,451,655

 

 

$(7,263,963)

 

$204,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stock holders

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(74,319)

 

 

(74,319)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E Preferred Shares issued for cash received

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,440,000

 

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

958,560

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

960,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

197,347

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

412,258

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

412,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Series B preferred shares to common shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,333,334)

 

 

(100,000)

 

 

1,333,334

 

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

98,666

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued for settlement of notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

690,000

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

6,900

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(276,716)

 

 

(276,716)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - September 30, 2021 (unaudited)

 

 

1,000

 

 

$1

 

 

 

5,640,002

 

 

$(93,026)

 

 

13,848,630

 

 

$13,849

 

 

$8,928,039

 

 

$(7,614,998)

 

$1,233,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2021

 

 

1,000

 

 

$1

 

 

 

5,640,002

 

 

$5,640

 

 

 

13,848,630

 

 

$13,849

 

 

$8,829,373

 

 

$(7,702,310)

 

$1,146,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stock holders

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(75,375)

 

 

(75,375)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(293,785)

 

 

(293,785)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - September 30, 2022 (unaudited)

 

 

1,000

 

 

$1

 

 

 

5,640,002

 

 

$5,640

 

 

 

13,848,630

 

 

$13,849

 

 

$8,829,373

 

 

$(8,071,470)

 

$777,392

 

(1)     The preferred stock Series D shares authorized, issued and outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a 10 to 1 reverse split, which was effective in March 2022.

(2)     The preferred stock Series D shares authorized, issued and outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a 1-for-4 forward split, which was effective in October 2022.

(3)     The preferred stock Series E shares authorized, issued and outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a 1-for-3 forward split, which was effective in October 2022.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$(293,785)

 

$(276,716)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

-

 

10,000

Common stock issued for services

 

103,114

 

206,228

Change in assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

 

(116,041)

 

(14,978)

(Increase) decrease in inventory

 

(53,676)

 

12,277

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(8,103)

 

(27,605)

Total adjustments

 

(74,706)

 

185,922

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(368,491)

 

(90,794)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on notes payable, related party

 

-

 

(104,567)

Dividends paid to preferred stockholders

 

(75,375)

 

(74,319)

Proceeds from preferred stock

 

-

 

960,000

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(75,375)

 

781,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

 

(443,866)

 

690,320

CASH - BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

752,402

 

69,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - END OF PERIOD

 

$308,536

 

$759,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$-

 

$2,785

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$-

 

$-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to Common Stock

 

$-

 

$7,590

Conversion of Series B preferred stock to Common stock

 

$-

 

$100,000

Issuance of Common Stock for prepaid marketing expense

 

$-

 

 

$412,455

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Overview

We are an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages. Our niche is the Directorsformulation, production, marketing, and distribution of

Bio-Solutions Corp.

soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages. On November 6, 2017, we registered the trademark GLUCODOWN® and have since launched the first soluble fiber infused, powdered iced tea, and flavored drink mixes, in North America. We have auditedbelieve the accompanying balance sheetsphysiological impacts of soluble fiber can also nutritionally satisfy other interests of health-conscious consumers, and as result, we plan to launch other soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages. On September 10, 2020, we registered the trademark FIBER UP® and are currently in the early stages of developing our second soluble fiber infused nutritional beverage brand. We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada as Bio-Solutions Corp. (the "Company") ason March 27, 2007. From inception, through the third quarter of December 31, 20082014, we were engaged in various businesses which were unrelated to our current business and 2007,corporate officers. On November 19, 2014, we changed our name to Glucose Health, Inc., and our business to that of an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages. Following the name change and the related statements of operations and accumulated other comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit)the focus of our business, on April 16, 2018, we filed Form 15 to terminate our registered class of securities and cash flowsreporting requirements under the Exchange Act.

Effective on March 11, 2022, we filed Articles of Conversion with the Nevada Secretary of State and a Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Department of State, Division of Corporations and converted to a Delaware corporation. On March 29, 2022, we merged with a subsidiary, created on March 23, 2022, for the year ended December 31, 2008 and period March 27, 2007 (Inception) through December 31, 2007. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standardssole purpose of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we planmerger, amended and performrestated our Certificate of Incorporation, and the auditssurviving corporation is Glucose Health, Inc. Pursuant to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are freeour amended and restated Certificate of material misstatement.  We were not engagedIncorporation, each previously issued and outstanding share of Series D preferred stock was reverse split, ten for one. All share references herein have been retrospectively modified to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but notaccount for the purposereverse split. On October 24, 2022, we amended and restated our Certificate of expressing an opinion onIncorporation to 1) subject the effectiveness ofSeries D Preferred Stock to a 1-for-4 forward stock split, changing the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes examining, onstated value from $1.00 to $0.25 per share, and 2) subject the Series E Preferred Stock to a test basis, evidence supporting1-for-3 forward stock split, changing the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referredstated value from $2.00 to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bio-Solutions Corp. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its statements of operations and accumulated other comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows$0.667 per share. All share references herein have been modified to account for the year ended December 31, 1008forward splits. As of September 30, 2022, our issued and period March 27, 2007 (Inception) through December 31, 2007 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

outstanding common shares are 13,848,630 and our issued and outstanding preferred shares are 5,641,002 (including 1,000 Series A Voting Shares). 

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.concern, which contemplates, among other things, the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As discussedof September 30, 2022, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $8,071,470.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company recognized a net loss of $293,785 and had net cash used in Note 1 to the financial statements,operating activities of $368,491. While the Company is in process of executingattempting to further implement its business plan and expansion.generate revenues, it intends to raise additional capital by way of additional public and/or private offerings of its stock. The Company has not generated significant revenuebelieves that the actions presently being taken to this point, however, has been successful in raising funds in their private placement. The lack of profitable operationsfurther implement its business plan and generate revenues provide the need to continue to raise funds raise significant doubt aboutopportunity for the Company’s abilityCompany to continue as a going concern. Management’s plansWhile the Company believes in this regard are describedthe viability of its strategy to generate revenues and in Note 1.its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect, which raises substantial doubt as to the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern in the future. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


/s/KBL, LLP

New York, NY
March 9, 2009

20

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007

      
    IN US$
ASSETS  
      
      
    20082007
CURRENT ASSETS    
   Cash  $810 $                 7,990
   Accounts receivable                         6,240                    2,522
   Inventory                        76,379                  68,936
          Total current assets                      83,429                  79,448
      
Other Asset     
   License, net of amortization                     111,180                           -
      
TOTAL ASSETS  $194,609 $               79,448
      
       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)     
      
CURRENT LIABILITIES    
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses $126,107 $               14,281
   Short - term loans                        38,966                         -
   Due to officer                          3,967                         -
              Total current liabilities                     169,040                  14,281
      
TOTAL LIABILITIES                     169,040                  14,281
      
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)    
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized,   
12,299,350 and 9,286,500 shares issued and outstanding, respectively                     12,299                    9,287
   Additional paid in capital                     642,013                127,363
   Accumulated deficit                   (593,942)                (64,653)
   Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                     (34,801)                  (6,830)
                                  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                       25,569                  65,167
      
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)   194,609 79,488
      
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

21

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
  STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND
THE PERIOD MARCH 27, 2007 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2007
        
   IN US$ 
        
      MARCH 27, 2007 
   YEAR  (INCEPTION) 
   ENDED  THROUGH 
   DECEMBER 31, 2008  DECEMBER 31, 2007 
        
REVENUE  $51,647  $37,951 
          
COST OF REVENUES        
    Beginning inventory  68,936   - 
    Purchases   69,793   85,081 
    Ending inventory   (76,379)  (68,936)
        Total Cost of Revenues  62,350   16,145 
          
GROSS PROFIT (LOSS)  (10,703)  21,806 
          
OPERATING EXPENSES        
    Professional fees   432,786   49,400 
    Accounting fees   9,999   20,200 
    General and administrative  59,118   16,859 
    Amortization   12,277   - 
              Total operating expenses  514,180   86,459 
          
NET (LOSS) BEFORE OTHER EXPENSE        
    Interest expense   (4,406)  - 
              Total other expense  (4,406)  - 
          
          
NET (LOSS)  $(529,289) $(64,653)
          
          
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING  9,609,259   6,401,366 
          
NET (LOSS) PER SHARE $(0.06) $(0.01)
          
STATEMENT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS     
          
Net loss  $(529,289) $(64,653)
Currency tranlation gains (losses)  (27,971)  (6,830)
          
TOTAL ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS $(557,260) $(71,483)
          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

22

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD MARCH 27, 2007 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2007
IN US$


              Accumulated    
              Other    
        Additional     Comprehensive   
  Common Stock  Paid-In  Accumulated  Income    
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  (Loss)  Total 
                   
Balance - March 27, 2007  -  $-  $-  $-  $-  $- 
                         
Common shares issued for cash  9,286,500   9,287   127,363   -   -   136,650 
                         
Net loss for the period  -   -   -   (64,653)  (6,830)  (71,483)
                         
Balance - December 31, 2007  9,286,500   9,287   127,363   (64,653)  (6,830)  65,167 
                         
Common shares issued for cash  421,502   421   82,241   -   -   82,662 
                         
Common shares issued for conversion of notes payable  1,041,348   1,041   123,959   -   -   125,000 
                         
Common shares issued for services  1,550,000   1,550   308,450   -   -   310,000 
                         
Net loss for the year  -   -   -   (529,289)  (27,971)  (557,260)
                         
Balance - December 31, 2008     12,299,350  $12,299  $642,013  $(593,942) $(34,801) $25,569 
                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


23


BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP. 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 
THE PERIOD MARCH 27, 2007 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2007 
       
  IN US$ 
       
     MARCH 27, 2007 
  YEAR  (INCEPTION) 
  ENDED  THROUGH 
  DECEMBER 31, 2008  DECEMBER 31, 2007 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
   Net (loss) $(529,289) $(64,653)
         
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)        
  to net cash used in operating activities:        
    Amortization  12,277   - 
    Common stock issued for services  310,000   - 
         
Change in assets and liabilities        
    (Increase) in accounts receivable  (4,187)  (2,344)
    (Increase) in inventory  (20,275)  (64,066)
    Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses  48,490   26,667 
          Total adjustments  346,305   (39,743)
          Net cash (used in) operating activities  (182,984)  (104,396)
         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:        
  Cash paid for license  (61,575)  - 
          Net cash (used in) financing activities  (61,575)  - 
         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:        
   Issuance of stock for cash  82,662   136,650 
   Short-term loans, net of repayments  129,964   - 
   Advances from officers  3,967   - 
          Net cash provided by financing activities  216,593   136,650 
         
Effect of foreign currency  20,786   (24,264)
         
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  (7,180)  7,990 
         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING OF PERIOD  7,990   - 
         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF PERIOD $810  $7,990 
         
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:        
  Cash paid during the period for:        
       Interest $-  $- 
       Income taxes $-  $- 
         
NONCASH OPERATING, INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES     
   Conversion of notes payable to common stock $125,000  $- 
   Recognition of license fees accrued $61,575  $- 
      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

24

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007



NOTE 1-ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On March 27, 2007, Bio-Solutions Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada.
The Company is a manufacturer of a pre-mix for chicken integrators called Nutra-Animal, a pre-mix anti-oxidant containing wheat middlings, vitamin E, calcium carbonate, silicone dioxyde, shrimp flour, sodium selenite and fish oil.
The Company to date has conducted three clinical studies that have demonstrated the positive impact of Nutra-Animal (chicken) on growth, reinforcement of the immune system, as well as the ratio of net weight of flesh. The product has been approved for sale in Canada by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency under number 982676.
The Company’s supplier for the distinctive raw material used in the Nutra-Animal blend has worldwide exclusive rights.

Going Concern

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which impliesbe necessary if the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has not generated significant revenues since inception and has generated losses totaling $593,942 in their initial two years, and needs to raise additional funds to carry out their business plan. The continuation of the Company as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support from its shareholders, and the ability of the Company to obtain necessary equity financing to continue operations. The Company has had very little operating history to date. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited financial information as of and for the abilitynine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, has been prepared in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information and with the instructions to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and Article 10 of the Company to continue as a going concern.

Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, such financial information includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position at such date and the current funds raised to date will satisfy the working capital requirementsoperating results and cash flows for such periods. Operating results for the next twelve months. Besides generating revenues from current operations,nine months ended September 30, 2022, are not necessarily indicative of the Company may need to raise additional capital to expand operations to the point at which the Company can achieve profitability. The terms of equityresults that may be raised may not be on terms acceptable byexpected for the Company. If adequate funds cannot be raised outsideentire year or for any other subsequent interim period.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to the rules of the Company,U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. These unaudited financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, included in the Company’s officers and directors may need to contribute funds to sustain operations.


NOTE 2-SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Form S-1/A registration statement.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptionsjudgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and liabilitiesexpenses, and disclosuresrelated disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities atliabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, investments, intangible assets, and income taxes. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.circumstances. Actual results couldmay differ from thosethese estimates.

Currency Translation

F-6

Table of Contents

Cash Flow Reporting

The Company operates in Canada,follows ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows, for cash flow reporting, classifies cash receipts and certain accountspayments according to whether they stem from operating, investing, or financing activities and provides definitions of each category, and uses the Company are reflected in currencies other thanindirect or reconciliation method (“indirect method”) as defined by ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows, to report net cash flow from operating activities by adjusting net income to reconcile it to net cash flow from operating activities by removing the U.S. dollar. The Company translates incomeeffects of (a) all deferrals of past operating cash receipts and expense amounts at average exchange rates for the year, translates assetspayments and liabilities at year-end exchange ratesall accruals of expected future operating cash receipts and equity at historical rates for currencies in the Canadian dollar. The Company’s functional currency is the Canadian dollar, while the Company reports its currency in the US dollar. The Company records these translation adjustments as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gainspayments and losses from foreign currency transactions(b) all items that are included in othernet income (expense) in the results of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2008that do not affect operating cash receipts and the period from March 27, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, the Company recorded approximately $27,971 and $6,830 in translation losses, respectively.


25

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007

NOTE 2-
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The Company follows the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (FAS 130). FAS 130 governs the financial statement presentation of changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) resulting from non-owner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as reported in the accompanying financial statements represent gains (losses) from foreign currency translation.

payments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and other short-term investments with maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

There were no cash equivalents as of September 30, 2022 and 2021.

The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances at one financial institution that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.


Fixed Assets
Although As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, $308,536 and $502,402, respectively, of the Company’s cash balances were more than federally insured limits.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of invoiced and unpaid product sales. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts to allow for any amounts that may not be recoverable, which is based on an analysis of the Company’s prior collection experience, the credit worthiness of our retailer customers, and current economic trends. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $10,742 and $10,742, respectively, based upon management’s review of accounts receivable.

On October 4, 2016, the Company does not have any fixed assets at this point.  Any fixed assets acquired inexecuted a non-recourse receivables financing agreement with Citibank whereby receivables due to the future will beCompany from a retailer customer are assumed by Citibank and paid to the Company, subject to an interest premium derived from the credit worthiness of the retailer customer to Citibank.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation will be provided using(FIFO: first-in, first-out) or market, and includes finished goods and raw materials. The cost of finished goods includes the straight-line method overcost of packaging supplies, direct and indirect labor, and other indirect manufacturing costs. Inventory impairment is considered quarterly based on the estimated useful livesexpiration date of the related assets. Costsproduct. As of maintenanceSeptember 30, 2022, the Company had total inventory of $321,537 consisting of raw materials inventory of $91,953, unfinished goods (packaging) inventory of $31,145, work in process of $16,749, finished goods of $181,690, and repairs willno allowance for obsolescence. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had total inventory of $267,861 consisting of raw materials inventory of $65,514, unfinished goods (packaging) inventory of $19,884, and finished goods inventory of $182,463.

Prepaid Expenses

The Company considers all items incurred for future services to be charged to expense as incurred.

prepaid expenses. As of September 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021, the Company had prepaid expenses for advertising services totaling $0 and $103,114, respectively (Note 3).

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

Although the Company does not have any

The Company's long-lived assets at this point,and other assets are reviewed for anyimpairment in accordance with the guidance of the ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, and ASC 205, Presentation of Financial Statements. The Company tests for impairment losses on long-lived assets acquiredused in the future the Company will review their recoverability on a periodic basisoperations whenever events andor changes in circumstances have occurred which may indicate a possible impairment. The assessment for potential impairment will be based primarily on the Company’s ability to recoverthat the carrying valueamount of its long-lived assets from expectedthe asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows from its operations on an undiscounted basis.expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are determinedasset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying valueamount of the assetsasset exceeds its fair value. Impairment evaluations involve management's estimates on asset useful lives and future cash flows. Actual useful lives and cash flows could be different from those estimated by management which could have a material effect on our reporting results and financial positions. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. During the fair value ofnine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had not experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets. Fixed assets to be disposed of by sale will be carried at the lower of the then current carrying value or fair value less estimated costs to sell.


F-7

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount reported in the balance sheets for cash, and cash equivalents, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and accounts receivableshort-term notes approximate fair value because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The Company does not utilize derivative instruments.

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities

Level 2

Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates); and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3

Inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of September 30, 2022. The respective carrying value of certain on-balance-sheet financial instruments approximated their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes utilizing the liability method of accounting. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on differences between financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates in effect in years in which differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts that are expected to be realized.

Revenue Recognition

realized (Note 5).

The Company generates revenue from the salesfollows ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“ASC 740-10”). This interpretation requires recognition and measurement of their products in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 101. The criteria for recognition are as follows:

1)  Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
2)  Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;
3)  The seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and
4)  Collectable is reasonably assured.

The Company’s revenues are generated through the manufacturing of their products.uncertain income tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The Company ships their product to their suppliers. It is policy that the Company recognizes revenues upon placement of the purchase order. This is the time when the criteria established above has been determined to have been met. The Company primarily ships product the same day as the purchase order is received. The customer typically pays for product within a 30 day period; therefore management has determined no allowance is requiredadopted ASC 740-10, and evaluates its tax positions on an annual basis, and as of December 31, 20082021, no additional accrual for income taxes is necessary. The Company’s policy is to recognize both interest and 2007, respectively.penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits expected to result in payment of cash within one year are classified as accrued liabilities, while those expected beyond one year are classified as other liabilities. The rightCompany has not recorded any interest or penalties since its inception. The Company is required to file income tax returns in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction and in various state tax jurisdictions and the prior three fiscal years remain open for examination by federal and/or state tax jurisdictions. The Company is currently not under examination by any other tax jurisdictions for any tax year.

Revenue Recognition

We follow a five-step process to recognize revenue.

·

Identify the Contract

·

Identify the Performance Obligation

·

Determine the Transaction Price

·

Allocate the Transaction Price to the Performance Obligation

·

Recognize Revenue upon Satisfying the Performance Obligation

F-8

Table of Contents

In selling our products to retailer customers, we first receive their purchase orders, which, upon our acceptance, are binding contracts. These purchase orders include two shipping dates along with the price our retailer customers agree to pay us for our products. We consider these two shipping dates to be performance obligations, which must be satisfied prior to our invoicing our retailer customers for their purchase orders. The first date on a purchase order is “ship by” referring to the date we must ship product to a retailer customer from our warehouse.  The second date on a purchase order is “arrive by” referring to the date when product shipped from our warehouse must arrive at a retailer customer’s warehouse. When a retailer customer dispatches its carrier to pick up product pursuant to a purchase order at our warehouse, legal transfer of return does existownership occurs upon our obtaining a signed bill of lading from our retailer customer’s carrier (FOB Shipping Point). Our policy is to not allow pick-up by our retailer customer’s carrier without obtaining signature on the bill of lading. When we arrange shipment to our retailer customer’s warehouse using our carrier, legal transfer of ownership occurs upon our receipt of delivery confirmation to the retailer’s warehouse, from our carrier (FOB Destination). We consider our performance obligations for the purchase orders we receive from our retailer customers to be satisfied when legal transfer of ownership of product has occurred. Upon legal transfer of ownership, we then invoice our retailer customers in accordance with the price set forth on their purchase orders and recognize revenue. 

Certain of our retailer customers require terms of service (supplier agreements) be negotiated prior to their issuance of purchase orders. These supplier agreements detail various discounts (i.e., early payment, volume, etc.) we have agreed to, but they do not reference pricing or commit our retailer customers to purchase any of our products. Our retailer customer’s purchase orders set forth the transaction price, including any discounts we agreed to in the supplier agreement, and, upon the performance obligations of the purchase order being satisfied, we invoice our retailer customers and recognize revenue. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, we consider our retailer customer’s supplier agreements and purchase orders to be single contracts, and we consider the discounts and allowances written in our supplier agreements, and noted in our purchase orders, to be reductions in transaction price.

Certain of our retailer customers have implemented management policies deriving from their supplier agreements, which can result in an array of supplier penalties, fees, and chargebacks being assessed against us. We dispute such penalties, fees and chargebacks through claims processes administered by our retailer customers and with retailer buyers to the extent of the discretion afforded them. We consider these supplier penalties, fees, and chargebacks to be a small period subsequentreduction in transaction price.  We estimate potential unsuccessful chargeback disputes when recognizing revenue from retailer customers. We also periodically review the number of chargebacks, and the number of unsuccessful disputes of chargebacks, in determining whether to continue serving those retailer customers.  We estimate and reserve for our bad debt exposure based on our retailer customer’s payment and collectability history, the aging of their accounts receivables, and our history in resolving claims in our favor.

Certain of our retailer customers offer optional marketing incentive programs such as participation in flyers, coupons or rebates, or the ability for us to implement such programs. We consider these expenses to be a reduction in transaction price. We have not yet participated in these programs but plan to do so in the future.

In selling our products to end-user customers, we first receive payment and then legal transfer of ownership occurs upon delivery of our products to end-user customers by our designated carrier (FOB Destination). We consider this to be fulfillment activity, and not promised services creating a performance obligation, and we recognize revenue upon receipt of payment.

When we sell our products to end-user customers our terms are final sale. However, theirin the case of sales to end-user customers via an online retailer, we are the seller (not a supplier to the online retailer) and fulfillment/customer service is provided by the online retailer as our agent. The online retailer’s refund policy is 30 days.  To continue selling via the online retailer, we must accept this refund policy. We account for these refunds as a reduction in transaction price by recording revenue generated at the online retailer, net of refunds.

We have been no refunds since inception.


(Loss) Per Shareutilized end-user customer marketing incentive programs and have accounted for these incentives as a reduction in transaction price in accordance with ASC 606-10-32-25. 

F-9

Table of Contents

Advertising Expense

We promote our products and our company with television, radio, and digital advertising. We classify the costs to produce and schedule our advertising, as advertising expenses. Advertising expenses are recorded in “Selling and marketing” in the accompanying statements of operations. We recorded advertising expenses of $252,199 and $270,790 for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021, respectively. During the current period, our advertising expenses consisted of payments to schedule advertising and well as payments for production of advertising. We pay for our advertising with cash and the issuance of restricted shares of Common Stock. We value the issuance of Common Stock


to pay for advertising based upon the closing quotation of our stock price on the day we consummate the advertising contract. Because our stock is illiquid and our stock price can be volatile as a result, our advertising expense may be highly variable between comparative periods. We amortize the value of the advertising contract as we use the advertising services.

Share Based Compensation

The Company may issue restricted stock to officers, directors, or employees for their services. The Company measures compensation cost for all employee stock-based awards at their fair values on the date of grant. Stock-based awards issued to non-employees are measured at their fair values on the date of grant and are re-measured at each reporting period through their vesting dates, as applicable. The fair value of stock-based awards is recognized as expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures, using the straight-line method.

Basic netand Diluted Earnings/Loss per Common Share

Earnings per share (“EPS”) is the amount of earnings attributable to each share of Common Stock. For convenience, the term is used to refer to either earnings or loss per common shareshare. EPS is computed usingpursuant to Section 260-10-45 of the weighted averageFASB Accounting Standards Codification. Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 260-10-45-10 through 260-10-45-16, basic EPS shall be computed by dividing income available to Common Stockholders (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted earnings per share (EPS)outstanding (the denominator) during the period. Income available to Common Stockholders shall be computed by deducting both the dividends declared in the period on preferred stock (whether or not paid) and the dividends accumulated for the period on cumulative preferred stock (whether or not earned) from income from continuing operations (if that amount appears in the income statement) and also from net income. The computation of diluted EPS is similar to the computation of basic EPS except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued during the period to reflect the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issuable through preferred stock equivalents, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise ofconversion, stock options, andor warrants. Common stock equivalents are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share when the Company reports a loss because to do so would be anti-dilutive for periods presented.


26

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.

The following table shows the outstanding dilutive common shares excluded from the diluted net income (loss) per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive: 

 

 

Potential Additional

Shares of Common Stock:

 

Potential Dilutive Securities:

 

September 30,

2022

 

 

September 30,

2021

 

Preferred stock

 

 

5,640,002

 

 

 

5,640,002

 

Warrants

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,800,000

 

Total

 

 

5,640,002

 

 

 

7,440,002

 

The Company had total fully diluted shares of Common Stock (potential dilutive securities outstanding plus issued securities outstanding) of 19,488,632 and 21,288,632 as of September 30, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

The Company pays dividends to its holders of preferred stock and computes net loss/income per common share attributable (available) to its holders of Common Stock as a separate line item in its statements of operations.

F-10

Table of Contents

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470- 20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. This ASU (1) simplifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock by removing the existing guidance in ASC 470-20, Debt: Debt with Conversion and Other Options, that requires entities to account for beneficial conversion features and cash conversion features in equity, separately from the host convertible debt or preferred stock; (2) revises the scope exception from derivative accounting in ASC 815-40 for freestanding financial instruments and embedded features that are both indexed to the issuer’s own stock and classified in stockholders’ equity, by removing certain criteria required for equity classification; and (3) revises the guidance in ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, to require entities to calculate diluted earnings per share (EPS) for convertible instruments by using the if-converted method.

In addition, entities must presume share settlement for purposes of calculating diluted EPS when an instrument may be settled in cash or shares. For SEC filers, excluding smaller reporting companies, ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. For all other entities, ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities should adopt the guidance as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and cannot adopt the guidance in an interim reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2020-06 may have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, there were several new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB. Each of these pronouncements, as applicable, has been or will be adopted by the Company. Management does not believe the adoption of any of these accounting pronouncements has had or will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3 - STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

Our current authorized common and preferred shares are 40,000,000 and 10,000,000 respectively.

As of September 30, 2022, the number of shares issued and outstanding for each respective class of stock are as follows:

Shares of Common Stock

13,848,630

par value $0.001

Shares Series A preferred stock

1,000(voting

)

par value $0.001

Shares Series B preferred stock

2,133,334

par value $0.001/ stated value $0.075

Shares Series C preferred stock

866,668

par value $0.001/stated value $0.075

Shares Series D preferred stock

1,200,000

par value $0.001/stated value $0.25

Shares Series E preferred stock

1,440,000

par value $0.001/stated value $0.667

F-11

Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors is empowered, upon stockholder approval, to issue shares of preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Common Stock. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying, or preventing a change in control of us.

Series A Voting Preferred Stock

For so long as any shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock remain issued and outstanding, the holders hereof shall possess more than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation. The Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or by consent pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the number of votes equal to all shares of Common Stock which are then issued and outstanding, plus an additional 10,000 shares. The Company shall not have the right to redeem the Series A Voting Preferred Stock except upon receiving the consent and approval of the terms of conditions of redemption from the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all outstanding shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock. Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends and does not have any conversion rights.

Series B Preferred Stock

During the time that any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series B Preferred Stock at the rate of 10% of the stated value of $0.075 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series B Preferred Stockholders do not have the right to vote. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, two Series B Preferred Stockholders elected to convert their 666,667 shares of Series B Preferred Stock into common shares. Accordingly, a total of 1,333,334 Series B Preferred Stock were canceled and 1,333,334 shares of Common Stock were issued.

Series C Preferred Stock

During the time that any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series C Preferred Stock at the rate of 10% of the stated value of $0.075 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series C Preferred Stockholders do not have the right to vote. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock.

Series D Preferred Stock

During the time that any shares of Series D preferred stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series D preferred stock at the rate of 10% of the stated value of $0.25 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series D holders do not have the right to vote. Each share of Series D preferred stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock.

F-12

Table of Contents

Series E Preferred Stock

During the time that any shares of Series E preferred stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series E preferred stock at the rate of 5% of the stated value of $0.667 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series E holders do not have the right to vote. Each share of Series E preferred stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series E Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock.

Preferred Stock Dividends 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, total dividends paid were $75,375 and $74,319, respectively.

Issuances pursuant to debt conversions

During June 2021, the Company issued 690,000 unregistered shares of Common Stock to its CEO/CFO in connection with the settlement of $7,590 principal outstanding (Note 4).

Issuances pursuant to agreements

During May 2021, the Company issued 197,347 shares of unregistered Common Stock to a corporation for advertising services. The shares were valued at $412,455 based upon the closing quotation of our stock price by OTC Markets on the date the contract was consummated. The value of the shares was amortized over the period of the contract as prepaid advertising expense.

Warrants outstanding

A summary of the status of the Company’s warrant grants as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and the changes during the periods then ended is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 Warrants

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2021

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

$0.10

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding, September 30, 2021

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

$0.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2022

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

$0.10

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired / cancelled

 

 

(1,800,000)

 

 

(0.10)

Outstanding, September 30, 2022

 

 

-

 

 

$-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants exercisable as of September 30, 2022

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

F-13

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 - NOTES PAYABLE

Convertible notes payable, related party

The Company consolidated 18 separate convertible promissory notes of various principal amounts and fixed conversion prices, all bearing 5% interest per annum, issued to the Company’s CEO/CFO between August 4, 2014, and April 1, 2016, into a single convertible promissory note of $112,157, bearing 5% interest per annum with a pro-rata fixed conversion price of $0.011, plus $5,939 accrued interest not subject to additional interest. The consolidation was for the purposes of administrative simplification and no inducement nor benefit was given to the Company’s CEO/CFO. During June 2021, the note was repaid in full by issuing 690,000 shares (Note 3) and $105,950 in cash and retired.

Accrued Interest 

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, there was no accrued interest outstanding.

NOTE 5 - FEDERAL INCOME TAX

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740-10, which provides for an asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on anticipated future tax consequences, using currently enacted tax laws, attributed to temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts calculated for income tax purposes. The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 assumes a 21% effective tax rate for federal income taxes. The Company did not identify any uncertain tax positions.

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had approximately $1,746,000 and $1,687,000, respectively, in federal and state tax loss carryforwards that can be utilized in future periods to reduce taxable income. Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382, the future utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to an annual limitation as a result of ownership changes that may have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. The components of income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 consist of the following:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$1,746,310

 

 

$1,687,310

 

Temporary differences

 

 

(23,000)

 

 

(2,000)

Permanent differences

 

 

(22,000)

 

 

6,000

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(1,701,310)

 

 

(1,691,310)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 are summarized below.

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Federal tax statutory rate

 

 

21.1%

 

 

21.1%

Temporary differences

 

 

(7.8)%

 

 

(0.6)%

Permanent differences

 

 

(7.5)%

 

 

1.6%

Valuation allowance

 

 

(5.8)%

 

 

(22.1)%

Effective rate

 

 

0.0%

 

 

0.0%

F-14

Table of Contents

The Company provides for a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that it will not realize a portion of the deferred tax assets. The Company has established a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty that enough taxable income will be generated in those taxing jurisdictions to utilize the assets. Therefore, we have not reflected any benefit of such deferred tax assets in the accompanying financial statements. Our net deferred tax asset and valuation allowance increased by $102,000 and $172,000 during the nine months ending September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

To the extent that the tax deduction is included in a net operating loss carry forward and is more than amounts recognized for book purposes, no benefit will be recognized until the loss carry forward is recognized. Upon utilization and realization of the carry forward, the corresponding change in the deferred asset and valuation allowance will be recorded as additional paid-in capital.

NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS/CONTINGENCIES

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business. We are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

On January 25, 2022, we entered into an investment banking agreement with EF Hutton. The agreement contemplates the Company raising additional capital in a registered offering, listing on a stock exchange, and preparing a registration statement under the Securities Act. The Company is responsible for EF Hutton’s external counsel legal costs, whether any offering is consummated or not.

NOTE 7 - CUSTOMER CONCENTRATIONS

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company had one retailer customer whose revenue represented more than 10% ($421,849) of the Company’s total revenues and two retailer customers whose accounts receivable represented more than 10% ($109,138 and $15,511) of the Company’s total accounts receivable. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company had one retailer customer whose revenue represented more than 10% ($210,533) of the Company’s total revenues and one retailer customer whose accounts receivable represented more than 10% ($13,054) of the Company’s total accounts receivable.

The Company’s end-user customer sales and retailer customer sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

End-User Sales

 

$470,325

 

 

 

51%

 

$515,203

 

 

 

68%

Retailer Sales

 

 

448,191

 

 

 

49%

 

 

244,295

 

 

 

32%

 

 

$933,992

 

 

 

100%

 

$759,498

 

 

 

100%

NOTE 8 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On July 1, 2021, we entered into a consulting agreement with BTB Management Company, a company owned by our CEO/CFO and director, Murray Fleming. The agreement provides for quarterly payments of $12,000 for a period of 12 months and thereafter renews quarterly until terminated by either party.  On April 1, 2022, we entered into a new consulting agreement with BTB Management Company, a company owned by our CEO/CFO and director, Murray Fleming. The agreement provides for quarterly payments of $24,000 and potential bonuses of up to $100,000 upon achievement of various corporate objectives. The agreement has no fixed term and continues until terminated by either party.

NOTE 9 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet through the date of this filing and determined there were no events to disclose except the following.

On October 24, 2022, the Company amended and restated its Certificate of Incorporation to 1) subject the Series D Preferred Stock to a 1-for-4 forward stock split and change the stated value of the Series D Preferred Stock to from $1.00 to $0.25 per share, and 2) subject the Series E Preferred Stock to a 1-for-3 forward stock split and change the stated value of the Series E Preferred Stock from $2.00 to $0.667 per share.

On January 3, 2023, 180,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock were converted to 180,000 shares of our Common Stock.

F-15

Table of Contents

gluc_s1img61.jpg

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Glucose Health, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Glucose Health, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has an accumulated deficit, net losses, and negative cash flows from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

F-16

Table of Contents

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Revenue Recognition

Description of the Critical Audit Matter

As discussed in Note 2, the Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised products to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those products or services.

Significant judgment is exercised by the Company in determining revenue recognition for its products, and includes the following:

·

Identification and treatment of contract terms that may impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our principal audit procedures related to the Company's revenue recognition for these customer agreements included the following, among others:     

·

We evaluated management's significant accounting policies related to revenue recognition and reviewed underlying customer invoices for reasonableness of the application of ASC 606.

·

We obtained and read contract source documents for selected revenue invoices and tested management’s treatment of those terms.

·

We tested the mathematical accuracy of management's calculations of revenue and the associated timing of revenue recognized in the financial statements.

Valuation of Inventory

Description of the Critical Audit Matter

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company periodically assess and estimates its allowances and reserves for stagnant, or obsolete inventory.  At year end, the Company has recorded no allowance for obsolescence.  Also discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the cost of inventory includes certain costs associated with preparation of inventory for resale, including packaging and other indirect overhead costs.  The recognition and evaluation of inventory costs and reserves involves significant complexity and judgment in applying the relevant accounting standards when auditing management’s estimates and conclusions on inventory transactions.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our principal audit procedures to evaluate management’s calculation of capitalized inventory costs and reserves included, among other procedures, the following:

·

We evaluated the appropriateness and consistency of management's methods and assumptions used in the identification, recognition, and measurement of the inventory costs and reserves in considering applicable generally accepted accounting standards.

·

We tested the significant inputs, sampled underlying transactions, and analyzed historical trends associated with management’s reserve estimates and recognition of indirect costs.

·

We evaluated whether management had appropriately considered new information that could significantly change the measurement or disclosure of the inventory valuation, and evaluated the disclosures related to the financial statement impacts of the transactions.

gluc_s1img60.jpg

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

Spokane, Washington

May 2, 2022, except for the second paragraph of Note 1, to which the date is January 6, 2023

F-17

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$752,402

 

 

$69,151

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,742 and $742, respectively

 

 

29,435

 

 

 

18,048

 

Inventory

 

 

267,861

 

 

 

254,122

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

103,114

 

 

 

-

 

Total current assets

 

 

1,152,812

 

 

 

341,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Website domains

 

 

3,295

 

 

 

3,295

 

Intellectual assets, net of accumulated amortization of $300

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$1,156,107

 

 

$344,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

��

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$9,555

 

 

$-

 

Accrued interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

27,604

 

Convertible note payable, related party

 

 

-

 

 

 

112,157

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

9,555

 

 

 

139,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

9,555

 

 

 

139,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A, $0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

    Series B, $0.075 stated value, 3,466,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,133,334 shares and 3,466,668 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

2,133

 

 

 

3,467

 

    Series C, $0.075 stated value, 866,668 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

866,668 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

867

 

 

 

867

 

    Series D, $0.25 stated value, 1,200,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,200,000 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

1,200

 

    Series E, $0.667 stated value, 1,440,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,440,000 shares and -0- shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,848,630 and 11,627,949 shares issued and outstanding as of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

13,849

 

 

 

11,628

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

8,829,373

 

 

 

7,451,655

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(7,702,310)

 

 

(7,263,963)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

1,146,552

 

 

 

204,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$1,156,107

 

 

$344,616

 

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-18

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUE, NET

 

$953,681

 

$480,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

543,639

 

307,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

 

410,042

 

173,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

596,936

 

213,410

General and administrative

 

92,885

 

61,735

Professional fees

 

46,340

 

82,061

Stock compensation

 

-

 

440,694

Uncollectible receivables

 

10,000

 

-

Total operating expenses

 

746,161

 

797,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

(336,119)

 

(624,355)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense)

 

(2,785)

 

(12,156)

Interest income (expense), non-cash item

 

-

 

(5,604)

Recovery of retailer chargebacks

 

-

 

163,765

Loss on debt settlement

 

-

 

(14,370)

Gain on forgiveness of accounts payable

 

-

 

15,042

Total other expense

 

(2,785)

 

146,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

(338,904)

 

(477,678)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

 

(338,904)

 

(477,678)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stock holders

 

(99,443)

 

(49,607)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS AVAILABLE FOR COMMON STOCK HOLDERS

 

$(438,347)

 

(527,285)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- BASIC AND DILUTED

 

12,877,355

 

11,467,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$(0.03)

 

$(0.04)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON SHAREHOLDERS - BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$(0.03)

 

$(0.05)

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-19

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

 

 

Preferred Stock,

Series A

 

 

Preferred Stock,

Series B - E (1)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-In

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2019

 

 

1,000

 

 

$1

 

 

 

3,466,668

 

 

$3,467

 

 

 

11,201,785

 

 

$11,202

 

 

$6,563,781

 

 

$(6,736,678)

 

$(160,927)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stock holders

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(49,607)

 

 

(49,607)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series C & D preferred shares issued for cash received

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,066,668

 

 

 

2,067

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

360,233

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

365,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued for settlement of notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

226,164

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

3,166

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

83,780

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

83,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock warrant issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

440,695

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

440,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(477,678)

 

 

(477,678)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2020

 

 

1,000

 

 

$1

 

 

 

5,533,336

 

 

$5,534

 

 

 

11,627,949

 

 

$11,628

 

 

$7,451,655

 

 

$(7,263,963)

 

 

204,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends to preferred stock holders

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(99,443)

 

 

(99,443)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E preferred shares issued for cash received

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,440,000

 

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

958,560

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

960,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Series B preferred shares to common shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,333,334)

 

 

(1,334)

 

 

1,333,334

 

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued for settlement of notes payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

690,000

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

6,900

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

197,347

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

412,258

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

412,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(338,904)

 

 

(338,904)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2021

 

 

1,000

 

 

$1

 

 

 

5,640,002

 

 

$5,640

 

 

 

13,848,630

 

 

$13,849

 

 

$8,829,373

 

 

$(7,702,310)

 

$1,146,552

 

(1)

The preferred stock Series D shares authorized, issued and outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a 10 to 1 reverse split, which was effective in March 2022.

(2)

The preferred stock Series D shares authorized, issued and outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a 1-for-4 forward split, which was effective in October 2022.

(3)

The preferred stock Series E shares authorized, issued and outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a 1-for-3 forward split, which was effective in October 2022.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.  

F-20

Table of Contents

GLUCOSE HEALTH, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$(338,904)

 

$(477,678)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible asset

 

 

-

 

 

 

60

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

-

 

Gain on forgiveness of accounts payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

(15,042)

Warrants issued for services

 

 

-

 

 

 

440,694

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

309,342

 

 

 

83,980

 

Change in assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

 

 

(21,387)

 

 

6,533

 

(Increase) decrease in inventory

 

 

(13,739)

 

 

(105,528)

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(18,051)

 

 

(1,956)

Total adjustments

 

 

266,165

 

 

 

408,741

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(72,739)

 

 

(68,937)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of website domains

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,295)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,295)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on notes and loans payable

 

 

-

 

 

 

(80,500)

Payments on notes payable, related party

 

 

(104,567)

 

 

(140,000)

Dividends paid to preferred stock holders

 

 

(99,443)

 

 

(49,607)

Proceeds from preferred stock

 

 

960,000

 

 

 

365,000

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

755,990

 

 

 

94,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH

 

 

683,251

 

 

 

22,661

 

CASH - BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

69,151

 

 

 

46,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - END OF YEAR

 

$752,402

 

 

$69,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$2,785

 

 

$12,156

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$-

 

 

$-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to Common Stock

 

$7,590

 

 

$3,392

 

Conversion of Series B preferred stock to Common stock

 

$1,334

 

 

$-

 

Issuance of Common Stock for prepaid marketing expense

 

$412,455

 

 

$83,980

 

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-21

Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2008

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND 2007



NOTE 2-
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
(Loss) Per ShareBASIS OF PRESENTATION

Overview

We are an own-label distributor of Common Stock (CONTINUED)


The followingnutritional beverages. Our niche is a reconciliationthe formulation, production, marketing, and distribution of soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages. On November 6, 2017, we registered the trademark GLUCODOWN® and have since launched the first soluble fiber infused, powdered iced tea, and flavored drink mixes, in North America. We believe the physiological impacts of soluble fiber can also nutritionally satisfy other interests of health-conscious consumers, and as result, we plan to launch other soluble fiber infused nutritional beverages. On September 10, 2020, we registered the trademark FIBER UP® and are currently in the early stages of developing our second soluble fiber infused nutritional beverage brand. We were incorporated under the laws of the computationState of Nevada as Bio-Solutions Corp. on March 27, 2007. From inception, through the third quarter of 2014, we were engaged in various businesses which were unrelated to our current business and corporate officers. On November 19, 2014, we changed our name to Glucose Health, Inc., and our business to that of an own-label distributor of nutritional beverages. Following the name change and the changes in the focus of our business, on April 16, 2018, we filed Form 15 to terminate our registered class of securities and reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.

Effective on March 11, 2022, we filed Articles of Conversion with the Nevada Secretary of State and a Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Department of State, Division of Corporations and converted to a Delaware corporation. On March 29, 2022, we merged with a subsidiary, created on March 23, 2022, for basicthe sole purpose of the merger, amended and diluted EPS:

   
December 31,
2008
  December 31, 2007 
        
 Net loss  $(529,289 $(64,653
          
 Weighted-average common shares         
     outstanding (Basic)   9,609,259   6,401,366 
          
 Weighted-average common stock        
 Equivalents        
     Stock options  -   - 
     Warrants  -   - 
          
 Weighted-average common shares        
     outstanding (Diluted)  9,609,259   6,401,366 
          

restated our Certificate of Incorporation, and the surviving corporation is Glucose Health, Inc. Pursuant to our amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation, each previously issued and outstanding share of Series D preferred stock was reverse split, ten for one. All share references herein have been retrospectively modified to account for the reverse split. On October 24, 2022, we amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation to 1) subject the Series D Preferred Stock to a 1-for-4 forward stock split, changing the stated value from $1.00 to $0.25 per share, and 2) subject the Series E Preferred Stock to a 1-for-3 forward stock split, changing the stated value from $2.00 to $0.667 per share. All share references herein have been modified to account for the forward splits. As of September 30, 2022, our issued and outstanding common shares are 13,848,630 and our issued and outstanding preferred shares are 5,641,002 (including 1,000 Series A Voting Shares). 

Basis of Presentation

This summary of significant accounting policies is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s financial statements. These accounting policies conform to accounting principles, generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and have been consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates, among other things, the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. At December 31, 2021, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $7,702,310. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized a net loss of $338,904 and had net cash used in operating activities of $72,739. While the Company is attempting to further implement its business plan and generate revenues, it intends to raise additional capital by way of additional public and/or private offerings of its stock. The Company believes that the actions presently being taken to further implement its business plan and generate revenues provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to generate revenues and in its ability to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect, which raises substantial doubt as to the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern in the future. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, investments, intangible assets, and income taxes. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

F-22

Table of Contents

Cash Flow Reporting

The Company follows ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows, for cash flow reporting, classifies cash receipts and payments according to whether they stem from operating, investing, or financing activities and provides definitions of each category, and uses the indirect or reconciliation method (“indirect method”) as defined by ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows, to report net cash flow from operating activities by adjusting net income to reconcile it to net cash flow from operating activities by removing the effects of (a) all deferrals of past operating cash receipts and payments and all accruals of expected future operating cash receipts and payments and (b) all items that are included in net income that do not affect operating cash receipts and payments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and other short-term investments with maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. There were no cash equivalents at December 31, 2021, and 2020.

The Company maintains its cash balances at one financial institution that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At December 31, 2021, and 2020, $502,402 and $-0-, respectively, of the Company’s cash balances were in excess of federally insured limits.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of invoiced and unpaid product sales. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts to allow for any amounts that may not be recoverable, which is based on an analysis of the Company’s prior collection experience, the credit worthiness of our retailer customers, and current economic trends. At December 31, 2021, and 2020, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $10,742 and $742 respectively, based upon management’s review of accounts receivable.

On October 4, 2016, the Company executed a non-recourse receivables financing agreement with Citibank whereby receivables due to the Company from a retailer customer are assumed by Citibank and paid to the Company, subject to an interest premium derived from the credit worthiness of the retailer customer to Citibank.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (FIFO: first-in, first-out) or market, and includes finished goods and raw materials and finished goods.materials. The cost of finished goods includes the cost of packaging supplies, direct and indirect labor, and other indirect manufacturing costs. AsInventory impairment is considered quarterly based on the expiration date of the product. At December 31, 2021, the Company had total inventory of $267,861 consisting of raw materials inventory of $65,514, unfinished goods (packaging) inventory of $19,884, and finished goods inventory of $182,463. At December 31, 2020, the Company had total inventory of $254,122 consisting of raw materials inventory of $25,660, unfinished goods (packaging) inventory of $9,372, finished goods of $219,090, and no allowance for obsolescence.

Prepaid Expenses

The Company considers all items incurred for future services to be prepaid expenses. At December 31, 2021, and 2020 the Company had prepaid expenses for advertising services (Note 3).

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

The Company's long-lived assets and other assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the guidance of the ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, and ASC 205, Presentation of Financial Statements. The Company tests for impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Impairment evaluations involve management's estimates on asset useful lives and future cash flows. Actual useful lives and cash flows could be different from those estimated by management which could have a material effect on our reporting results and financial positions. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. During the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company had not experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets.

F-23

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount reported in the balance sheets for cash, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and short-term notes approximate fair value because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The Company does not utilize derivative instruments.

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities

Level 2

Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates); and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3

Inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 20082021. The respective carrying value of certain on-balance-sheet financial instruments approximated their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes utilizing the liability method of accounting. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on differences between financial statement and 2007, inventorytax bases of $76,379assets and $68,936 includes $62,213 and $63,453 of raw materials with the balance being finished goods, respectively.


Uncertaintyliabilities at enacted tax rates in Income Taxes
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (FIN No. 48), “Accountingeffect in years in which differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts that are expected to be realized (Note 5).

The Company follows ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.Taxes (“ASC 740-10”). This interpretation requires recognition and measurement of uncertain income tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. FIN No. 48The Company has adopted ASC 740-10, and evaluates its tax positions on an annual basis, and as of December 31, 2021, no additional accrual for income taxes is necessary. The Company’s policy is to recognize both interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits expected to result in payment of cash within one year are classified as accrued liabilities, while those expected beyond one year are classified as other liabilities. The Company has not recorded any interest or penalties since its inception. The Company is required to file income tax returns in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction and in various state tax jurisdictions and the prior three fiscal years remain open for examination by federal and/or state tax jurisdictions. The Company is currently not under examination by any other tax jurisdictions for any tax year.

F-24

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We follow a five-step process to recognize revenue.

·         Identify the Contract

·         Identify the Performance Obligation

·         Determine the Transaction Price

·         Allocate the Transaction Price to the Performance Obligation

·         Recognize Revenue upon Satisfying the Performance Obligation

In selling our products to retailer customers, we first receive their purchase orders, which, upon our acceptance, are binding contracts. These purchase orders include two shipping dates along with the price our retailer customers agree to pay us for our products. We consider these two shipping dates to be performance obligations, which must be satisfied prior to our invoicing our retailer customers for their purchase orders. The first date on a purchase order is “ship by” referring to the date we must ship product to a retailer customer from our warehouse.  The second date on a purchase order is “arrive by” referring to the date when product shipped from our warehouse must arrive at a retailer customer’s warehouse. When a retailer customer dispatches its carrier to pick up product pursuant to a purchase order at our warehouse, legal transfer of ownership occurs upon our obtaining a signed bill of lading from our retailer customer’s carrier (FOB Shipping Point). Our policy is to not allow pick-up by our retailer customer’s carrier without obtaining signature on the bill of lading. When we arrange shipment to our retailer customer’s warehouse using our carrier, legal transfer of ownership occurs upon our receipt of delivery confirmation to the retailer’s warehouse, from our carrier (FOB Destination). We consider our performance obligations for the purchase orders we receive from our retailer customers to be satisfied when legal transfer of ownership of product has occurred. Upon legal transfer of ownership, we then invoice our retailer customers in accordance with the price set forth on their purchase orders and recognize revenue. 

Certain of our retailer customers require terms of service (supplier agreements) be negotiated prior to their issuance of purchase orders. These supplier agreements detail various discounts (i.e., early payment, volume, etc.) we have agreed to, but they do not reference pricing or commit our retailer customers to purchase any of our products. Our retailer customer’s purchase orders set forth the transaction price, including any discounts we agreed to in the supplier agreement, and, upon the performance obligations of the purchase order being satisfied, we invoice our retailer customers and recognize revenue. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, we consider our retailer customer’s supplier agreements and purchase orders to be single contracts, and we consider the discounts and allowances written in our supplier agreements, and noted in our purchase orders, to be reductions in transaction price.

Certain of our retailer customers have implemented management policies deriving from their supplier agreements, which can result in an array of supplier penalties, fees, and chargebacks being assessed against us. We dispute such penalties, fees and chargebacks through claims processes administered by our retailer customers and with retailer buyers to the extent of the discretion afforded them. We consider these supplier penalties, fees, and chargebacks to be selling expenses, not a reduction in transaction price.  We estimate and reserve for our bad debt exposure based on our retailer customer’s payment and collectability history, the aging of their accounts receivables, and our history in resolving claims in our favor.

Certain of our retailer customers offer optional marketing incentive programs such as participation in flyers, coupons or rebates, or the ability for us to implement such programs. We consider these expenses to be a reduction in transaction price. We have not yet participated in these programs but plan to do so in the future.

In selling our products to end-user customers, we first receive payment and then legal transfer of ownership occurs upon delivery of our products to end-user customers by our designated carrier (FOB Destination). We consider this to be fulfillment activity, and not promised services creating a performance obligation, and we recognize revenue upon receipt of payment.

When we sell our products to end-user customers our terms are final sale. However, in the case of sales to end-user customers via an online retailer, we are the seller (not a supplier to the online retailer) and fulfillment/customer service is provided by the online retailer as our agent. The online retailer’s refund policy is 30 days.  To continue selling via the online retailer, we must accept this refund policy. We account for these refunds as a reduction in transaction price by recording revenue generated at the online retailer, net of refunds.

We have utilized end-user customer marketing incentive programs and have accounted for these incentives as a reduction in transaction price in accordance with ASC 606-10-32-25. 

Advertising Expense

We promote our products and our company with television, radio, and digital advertising. We classify the costs to produce and schedule our advertising as advertising expenses. Advertising expenses are recorded in “Selling and marketing” in the accompanying statements of operations. We recorded advertising expenses of $397,619 and $127,952 for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. During these periods, our advertising expenses consisted of payments to schedule advertising and well as payments for production of advertising. We pay for our advertising with cash and the issuance of restricted shares of Common Stock. We value the issuance of Common Stock to pay for advertising based upon the closing quotation of our stock price on the day we consummate the advertising contract. Because our stock is illiquid and our stock price can be volatile as a result, our advertising expense may be highly variable between comparative periods. We amortize the value of the advertising contract as we use the advertising services.

Share Based Compensation

The Company may issue restricted stock to officers, directors, or employees for their services. The Company measures compensation cost for all employee stock-based awards at their fair values on the date of grant. Stock-based awards issued to non-employees are measured at their fair values on the date of grant and are re-measured at each reporting period through their vesting dates, as applicable. The fair value of stock-based awards is recognized as expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures, using the straight-line method.

F-25

Table of Contents

Basic and Diluted Earnings/Loss per Common Share

Earnings per share (“EPS”) is the amount of earnings attributable to each share of Common Stock. For convenience, the term is used to refer to either earnings or loss per share. EPS is computed pursuant to Section 260-10-45 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Pursuant to ASC Paragraphs 260-10-45-10 through 260-10-45-16, basic EPS shall be computed by dividing income available to Common Stock holders (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (the denominator) during the period. Income available to Common Stock holders shall be computed by deducting both the dividends declared in the period on preferred stock (whether or not paid) and the dividends accumulated for the period on cumulative preferred stock (whether or not earned) from income from continuing operations (if that amount appears in the income statement) and also from net income. The computation of diluted EPS is similar to the computation of basic EPS except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued during the period to reflect the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issuable through preferred stock conversion, stock options, or warrants. Common stock equivalents are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share when the Company reports a loss because to do so would be anti-dilutive for periods presented.

The following table shows the outstanding dilutive common shares excluded from the diluted net income (loss) per share calculation as they were anti-dilutive: 

 

 

Potential Additional Shares of Common Stock:

 

Potential Dilutive Securities:

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Preferred stock

 

 

5,640,002

 

 

 

6,493,336

 

Warrants

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

 

1,800,000

 

Convertible debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,196,091

 

Total

 

 

7,440,002

 

 

 

18,489,427

 

The Company had total fully diluted shares of Common Stock (potential dilutive securities outstanding plus issued securities outstanding) of 21,288,632 and 30,117,376 at December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. 

The Company pays dividends to its holders of preferred stock and computes net loss/income per common share attributable (available) to its holders of Common Stock as a separate line item in its statements of operations.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470- 20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. This ASU (1) simplifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock by removing the existing guidance in ASC 470-20, Debt: Debt with Conversion and Other Options, that requires entities to account for beneficial conversion features and cash conversion features in equity, separately from the host convertible debt or preferred stock; (2) revises the scope exception from derivative accounting in ASC 815-40 for freestanding financial instruments and embedded features that are both indexed to the issuer’s own stock and classified in stockholders’ equity, by removing certain criteria required for equity classification; and (3) revises the guidance in ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, to require entities to calculate diluted earnings per share (EPS) for convertible instruments by using the if-converted method.

In addition, entities must presume share settlement for purposes of calculating diluted EPS when an instrument may be settled in cash or shares. For SEC filers, excluding smaller reporting companies, ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. Management has adopted FIN 48 for 2007, and they evaluate their tax positions on an annual basis, and has determined that as of December 31, 2008, no additional accrual for income taxes is necessary.

Recent Issued Accounting Standards
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is encouraged. The adoption of SFAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued FAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, (“FAS 159”) which permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity is required to report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. This statement is expected to expand the use of fair value measurement. FAS 159 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years.
 In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No 51” (SFAS 160). SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, changes in a parent’s ownership of a noncontrolling interest, calculation and disclosure of the consolidated net income attributable to the parent and the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling financial interest and fair value measurement of any retained noncontrolling equity investment.

SFAS 160 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. Managementpermitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. For all other entities, ASU 2020-06 is determiningeffective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities should adopt the guidance as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and cannot adopt the guidance in an interim reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that ASU 2020-06 may have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

F-26

Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2021, there were several new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB. Each of these pronouncements, as applicable, has been or will be adopted by the Company. Management does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 160any of these accounting pronouncements has had or will have on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.



27

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007



NOTE 2-
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Recent Issued Accounting Standards (Continued)
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141R, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”), which replaces FASB SFAS 141, Business Combinations.  This Statement retains the fundamental requirements in SFAS 141 that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business combination. SFAS 141R defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination and establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control.  SFAS 141R will require an entity to record separately from the business combination the direct costs, where previously these costs were included in the total allocated cost of the acquisition.  SFAS 141R will require an entity to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquired at the acquisition date, at their fair values as of that date.  This compares to the cost allocation method previously required by SFAS No. 141.  SFAS 141R will require an entity to recognize as an asset or liability at fair value for certain contingencies, either contractual or non-contractual, if certain criteria are met.  Finally, SFAS 141R will require an entity to recognize contingent consideration at the date of acquisition, based on the fair value at that date.  This Statement will be effective for business combinations completed on or after the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  Early adoption of this standard is not permitted and the standards are to be applied prospectively only.  Upon adoption of this standard, there would be no impact to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition for acquisitions previously completed.  The adoption of SFAS No. 141R is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, “Use of a Simplified Method in Developing Expected Term of Share Options” (“SAB 110”).  SAB 110 expresses the current view of the staff that it will accept a company’s election to use the simplified method discussed in Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, Share Based Payment, (“SAB 107”), for estimating the expected term of “plain vanilla” share options regardless of whether the company has sufficient information to make more refined estimates.  SAB 110 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2008.  The adoption of SAB 110 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
statements.

NOTE 3 - STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

Our current authorized common and preferred shares are 40,000,000 and 10,000,000 respectively.

As of December 31, 2021, the number of shares issued and outstanding for each respective class of stock are as follows:

Shares of Common Stock

13,848,630

par value $0.001

Shares Series A preferred stock

1,000 (voting)

par value $0.001

Shares Series B preferred stock

2,133,334

par value $0.001/

stated value $0.075

Shares Series C preferred stock

866,668

par value $0.001/

stated value $0.075

Shares Series D preferred stock

1,200,000

par value $0.001/

stated value $0.25

Shares Series E preferred stock

1,440,000

par value $0.001/

stated value $0.667

Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors is empowered, upon stockholder approval, to issue shares of preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Common Stock. In March 2008,addition, the FASBpreferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying, or preventing a change in control of us.

Series A Voting Preferred Stock

For so long as any shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock remain issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,outstanding, the holders hereof shall possess more than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation. The Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall have the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or by consent pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the number of votes equal to all shares of Common Stock which are then issued and outstanding, plus an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities. These enhanced disclosures will discuss: how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations; and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.additional 10,000 shares. The Company doesshall not believe that SFAS 161 will have an impact on their results of operations or financial position.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, “Determination ofright to redeem the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. This FSP amendsSeries A Voting Preferred Stock except upon receiving the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwillconsent and Other Intangible Assets”. The Company was required to adopt FSP 142-3 on October 1, 2008. The guidance in FSP 142-3 for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset shall be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after adoption, and the disclosure requirements shall be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, adoption. The Company does not believe FSP 142-3 will materially impact their financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (SFAS 162). SFAS 162 makes the hierarchy of generally accepted accounting principles explicitly and directly applicable to preparers of financial statements, a step that recognizes preparers’ responsibilities for selecting the accounting principles for their financial statements. The effective date for SFAS 162 is 60 days following the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s related amendmentsterms of conditions of redemption from the holders of at least 66-2/3% of all outstanding shares of Series A Voting Preferred Stock. Series A Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to remove the GAAP hierarchy from auditing standards, where it has resided for some time. The adoption of SFAS 162 willreceive any dividends and does not have an impactany conversion rights.

Series B Preferred Stock

During the time that any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series B Preferred Stock at the Company’s resultsrate of operations or financial position.


In May 2008,10% of the FASB issued SFAS No. 163, “Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts – an interpretationstated value of SFAS No. 60” (SFAS 163). SFAS 163 prescribes accounting for insures of financial obligations, bringing consistency to recognizing and recording premiums and to loss recognition. SFAS 163 also requires expanded disclosures about financial guarantee insurance contracts. Except for some disclosures, SFAS 163 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 163 will$0.075 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series B Preferred Stockholders do not have an impactthe right to vote. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, two Series B Preferred Stockholders elected to convert their 666,667 shares of Series B Preferred Stock into common shares. Accordingly, a total of 1,333,334 Series B Preferred Stock were canceled and 1,333,334 shares of Common Stock were issued.

F-27

Table of Contents

Series C Preferred Stock

During the time that any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company shall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series C Preferred Stock at the Company’s resultsrate of operations or financial position.


Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by10% of the FASB or other standards-setting bodies thatstated value of $0.075 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series C Preferred Stockholders do not require adoption until a future date and are not expectedhave the right to have a material impact on the financial statements upon adoption.

NOTE 3-STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
The Company was established withvote. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible into one classshare of stock, common stock – 75,000,000 shares authorized at the holder’s election in a par value of $0.001.

28

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007


NOTE 3-
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) (CONTINUED)
Between June and October 2007 the Company issued 9,286,500cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of common stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a private placement for $136,650.
time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock.

Series D Preferred Stock

During the period July 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008time that any shares of Series D preferred stock are issued and outstanding, the holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company raised $82,662 throughshall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series D preferred stock at the salerate of 421,50210% of the stated value of $0.25 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series D holders do not have the right to vote. Each share of Series D preferred stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of common stock.

In October 2008Common Stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company entered into agreements with consultantsand at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock.

Series E Preferred Stock

During the time that performed services forany shares of Series E preferred stock are issued and outstanding, the Company. At that time,holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Company issuedshall pay, cumulative dividends on each share of Series E preferred stock at the consultants 1,550,000rate of 5% of the stated value of $0.667 per share per year, payable quarterly. Series E holders do not have the right to vote. Each share of Series E preferred stock shall be convertible into one share of Common Stock at the holder’s election in a cashless conversion. Any accrued but unpaid dividends may be converted to shares of common stock in the Board of Directors’ discretion, in such amount determined by dividing (x) the stated value of such shares of Series E Preferred Stock by (y) the amount of accrued but unpaid dividends. The Company has the right, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and at a time of its choosing, to redeem or convert to common shares, any or all of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock.

Preferred Stock Dividend

During the years ending December 31, 2021, and 2020, total dividends paid were $49,607 and $99,443, respectively.

Reclassification of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

During 2014, the Company ceased its prior business operations in Canada, which were unrelated to its current business and officers, creating the realization of other comprehensive income based on the foreign exchange rate. Based on FASB ASC 830-30-40, upon the sale or liquidation of an investment in a foreign entity, the amount attributable to that entity and accumulated in the translation adjustment component of equity shall be both removed from the separate component of equity and reported as part of the gain or loss on sale or liquidation of the investment. Accordingly, since the cessation happened in 2014, the Company reclassified the accumulated other comprehensive income/loss from foreign currency translation to accumulated deficit in the accompanying financial statements.

Issuances pursuant to debt conversions

During May 2020, the Company issued 226,164 unregistered shares of Common Stock to a corporation for conversion of $2,000 principal and $1,392 accrued interest related to a note. These unregistered shares were valued at $.20$0.015 per share, (the valuethe fixed conversion price stated in the note (see Note 4).

F-28

Table of Contents

During June 2021, the Company received cashissued 690,000 unregistered shares of Common Stock to its CEO/CFO in connection with the settlement of $7,590 principal outstanding (Note 4).

Issuances pursuant to agreements

During May 2021 and June 2020, the Company issued 197,347 and 200,000 shares, respectively, of unregistered common stock to a corporation for theiradvertising services to be rendered. These shares were valued at $412,455 and $83,980, respectively, and were amortized over the same time). The valueperiod of $310,000 is reflected in the statements of operations forannual advertising contract as prepaid advertising expense.

Warrants outstanding

During the year ended December 31, 2008.

2020, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of 600,000 shares of common stock. The warrant was fully vested upon issuance, expires June 10, 2023, and has an exercise price of $0.10. The fair value of this warrant was $440,695 as presented in the accompanying statements of stockholders' equity.

The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants based on weighted probabilities of assumptions used in the Black Scholes pricing model. The weighted average volatility for the warrants at issuance was 183% and the average life of the warrants is .65 years at December 2008 issued 1,041,348 shares31, 2021. A summary of stock in conversionthe status of $125,000 of notes payable (approximately $.12 per share).

Asthe Company’s warrant grants as of December 31, 2008,2021, and 2020 and the changes during the periods then ended is presented below:

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

 Warrants

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2020

 

 

1,200,000

 

 

$0.10

 

Granted

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

0.10

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2020

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

$0.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, January 1, 2021

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

$0.10

 

Granted

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Exercised

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expired

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2021

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

$0.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

$0.10

 

NOTE 4 - NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable, related party:

During April 2019, the Company has 12,299,350 shares of common stockconsolidated several notes issued and outstanding.

The Company has not issued any options or warrants to date.
NOTE 4-RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company conducts business with another company owned by an officer of the Company. The Company purchases goods and uses office space in the other company’s offices. The Company is currently being charged rent onCompany’s CEO/CFO into a month to month basis. Forsingle $140,000 note bearing interest at 10% per annum. During the year ended December 31, 20082020, the note was repaid in full and retired.

F-29

Table of Contents

Convertible notes payable, related party

The Company consolidated 18 separate convertible promissory notes of various principal amounts and fixed conversion prices, all bearing 5% interest per annum, issued to the period March 27, 2007 throughCompany’s CEO/CFO between August 4, 2014, and April 1, 2016, into a single convertible promissory note of $112,157, bearing 5% interest per annum with a pro-rata fixed conversion price of $0.011, plus $5,939 accrued interest not subject to additional interest. The consolidation was for the purposes of administrative simplification and no inducement nor benefit was given to the Company’s CEO/CFO. During June 2021, the note was repaid in full by issuing 690,000 shares (Note 3) and $105,950 in cash and retired.

Convertible notes payable:

During November 2017, the Company and a corporation entered into a debt agreement. The agreement bore interest at 10% per annum and was originally due December 31, 2007,2019. During the Company incurred $89,820first quarter of 2019, an additional $15,000 was borrowed pursuant to an amended and $73,900, respectively in inventory and other expensesrestated debt agreement, bringing the unpaid principal balance to this company and $7,882 and $2,933 in rent. Approximately $11,905 is owed to this company$75,000 at December 31, 2008 which is included in accounts and accrued expenses payable.

The Company was advanced $3,967 from officers during2019. During the year ended December 31, 2008. These amounts are short-term2020, the note was repaid in nature as they are due on demand,full and retired.

Other notes payable:

During December 2013, the Company issued a $3,000 convertible note to an individual. The loan bears interest at 5% per annum, has not been charged interest. The Company anticipates repaymenta fixed conversion price of these advances within the next twelve months.

NOTE 5-SHORT-TERM LOANS
The Company was advanced $125,000 from seventeen (17) individuals/companies for amounts ranging between $5,000 and $45,000 each during$0.015. During the year ended December 31, 2008. These amounts were converted into 1,041,348 shares of common stock.
In2020, the note was repaid in full and retired.

During December 2008,2013, the Company entered into three notes payable on demand in the amounts of $20,000 (CD$), $10,000 (CD$) and $24,990 (CD$) loan. All of these loans accrue interest at 5% per annum.issued a $5,000 convertible note to an individual which was later assigned to a corporation. The Company has repaid $7,530 (CD$) at the end of December 2008, and has $17,460 (CD$) remaining due on this note. The total outstanding due on these notes as of December 31, 2008 is $47,460 (CD$) or $38,966 (US$).

The Company had accruedloan bears interest at 5% per annum, has a fixed conversion price of $0.015. The outstanding principal balance of $2,000 and outstanding interest balance of $1,392 was settled through the issuance of Common Stock on these notesMay 4, 2020 (Note 3) and accrued $4,723 asthe note was retired.

During April 2012, the Company issued a $2,500 convertible note to an individual. The loan bears interest at 5% per annum, has a fixed conversion price of December 31, 2008. Interest expense for$0.009. During the year ended December 31, 2008 is $4,406.


NOTE 6-MAJOR CUSTOMERS
93%2020, the note and 80%accrued interest was settled with a payment of $20,000. Accordingly, a loss on debt settlement of $14,370 was recognized in the Company’s revenue was generated by four and three customers for the year endedaccompanying statement of operations.

Accrued Interest 

At December 31, 20082021, and period March 27, 2007 through December 31, 2007, respectively that were2020, accrued interest on all considerednotes and convertible notes amounted to be major customers. A major customer is one that represents at least 10% of the Company’s revenue. $-0- and $27,604, respectively.

NOTE 5 - FEDERAL INCOME TAX

The Company does not consider this risk to be significant.

29

BIO-SOLUTIONS CORP.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND 2007
NOTE 7-PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
Deferredaccounts for income taxes are determined using theunder ASC 740-10, which provides for an asset and liability methodapproach of accounting for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities.  Deferred income taxes are measured based on the tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences are included in the Company’s tax return.  Deferredtaxes. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on anticipated future tax consequences, attributableusing currently enacted tax laws, attributed to temporary differences between financial statementthe carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respectivethe amounts calculated for income tax bases.
Aspurposes. The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 assumes a 21% effective tax rate for federal income taxes. The Company did not identify any uncertain tax positions.

At December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company had approximately $1,684,000 and $1,613,000, respectively, in federal and state tax loss carryforwards that can be utilized in future periods to reduce taxable income. Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382, the future utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to an annual limitation as a result of ownership changes that may have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020 consist of the following:

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$1,684,310

 

 

$1,613,310

 

Temporary differences

 

 

(4,000)

 

 

9,000

 

Permanent differences

 

 

(81,000)

 

 

(103,000)

Valuation allowance

 

 

(1,599,310)

 

 

(1,519,310)

F-30

Table of Contents

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008, there2021, and 2020 are summarized below.

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Federal tax statutory rate

 

 

20.9%

 

 

20.9%

Temporary differences

 

 

-1.2%

 

 

1.9%

Permanent differences

 

 

-23.9%

 

 

-21.6%

Valuation allowance

 

 

4.1%

 

 

-1.3%

Effective rate

 

 

0.0%

 

 

0.0%

The Company provides for a valuation allowance when it is no provision formore likely than not that it will not realize a portion of the deferred tax assets. The Company has established a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty that enough taxable income taxes, current or deferred.

  Net operating losses $201,940  
  Valuation allowance  (201,940) 
       
   $-  
       
Atwill be generated in those taxing jurisdictions to utilize the assets. Therefore, we have not reflected any benefit of such deferred tax assets in the accompanying financial statements. Our net deferred tax asset and valuation allowance increased by $80,000 and $69,000 during the years ending December 31, 2008,2021, and 2020, respectively.

To the Company hadextent that the tax deduction is included in a net operating loss carry forward and is in excess of amounts recognized for book purposes, no benefit will be recognized until the loss carry forward is recognized. Upon utilization and realization of the carry forward, the corresponding change in the amountdeferred asset and valuation allowance will be recorded as additional paid-in capital.

NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS/CONTINGENCIES

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation in the ordinary course of $593,942, available to offset future taxable income through 2028.  Thebusiness. We are currently not involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

NOTE 7 - CUSTOMER CONCENTRATIONS

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company established valuation allowances equal to the full amount of the deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the utilization of the operating losses in future periods.

A reconciliationhad one retailer customer whose revenue represents more than 10% ($227,128) of the Company’s effective tax ratetotal revenues and one retailer customer whose accounts receivable represents more than 10% ($8,939) of the Company’s accounts receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company had one retailer customer whose revenue represents more than 10% ($194,409) of the Company's total revenues and one retailer customer whose accounts receivable individually represents more than 10% ($9,302).

The Company’s end-user customer sales and retailer customer sales for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as a percentagefollows:

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

End-User Sales

 

$686,561

 

 

 

72%

 

$265,563

 

 

 

55%

Retailer Sales

 

 

267,120

 

 

 

28%

 

 

215,150

 

 

 

45%

 

 

$953,681

 

 

 

100%

 

$480,713

 

 

 

100%

NOTE 8 - RECOVERY OF RETAILER CHARGEBACKS

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $181,450 of income before taxes and federal statutory raterecovery of retailer chargebacks in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 20082020.

NOTE 9 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On July 1, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with BTB Management Company, a company owned by our CEO/CFO and thedirector, Murray Fleming. The agreement provides for quarterly payments of $12,000 for a period March 27, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007 is summarized below.

    
  20082007
 Federal statutory rate(34.0)%(34.0)%
 State income taxes, net of federal benefits0.00.0
 Valuation allowance34.034.0
  0%0%

of 12 months and thereafter renews quarterly until terminated by either party.

NOTE 8-LICENSE AGREEMENT
 
On September 11, 2008, the Company entered into a License Agreement with Oceanutrasciences Inc., a Canadian company (“ONS”) (the “Agreement”)/ The Agreement is for a termF-31

Table of three yearsContents

NOTE 10 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from September 11, 2008 to September 11, 2011. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company has acquired the license and trademark rights to produce the “Nutra-Pro 80-20” product from ONS in the North America animal feed territory. The Company has acquired these rights for $150,000 (CD$) ($141,525 US$ at September 11, 2008). The Company paid the initial payment of $50,000 (CD$), with the remaining payments due $50,000 (CD$) on October 31, 2008 and $50,000 (CD$) on December 31, 2008. The Company has made a $25,000 (CD$) payment in December 2008, and as of December 31, 2008 owes $75,000 (CD$), which is reflected in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the balance sheet at December 31, 2008. The Company is amortizing the license fee over the 36 month term of the Agreement. Amortization expense through December 31, 2008 amounted to $12,277.

NOTE 9-FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157. SFAS 157 defines fair value, provides a consistent framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and expands fair value financial statement disclosure requirements. SFAS 157’s valuation techniques are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect readily obtainable data from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. SFAS 157 classifies these inputs into the following hierarchy:
Level 1 inputs: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 inputs: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 inputs: Instruments with primarily unobservable value drivers.
The following table represents the fair value hierarchy for those financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:
   Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
              
  Cash   810   -   -   810 
                  
  Total assets   810   -   -   810 
                  
  Short-term notes   38,966   -   -   38,966 
                  
  Total liabilities   38,966   -   -   38,966 
                  
30

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

In September 2007 our board of directors appointed Michael Pollack, CPA, LLC (“Pollack”), independent accountant, to audit our financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2007.  On January 7, 2008, we were notified that effective January 1, 2008, Pollack had merged into the accounting firm of KBL, LLP (“KBL”), and that Pollack resigned as our independent registered public accounting firm. A copy of Pollack’s letter regarding the resignation is included as Exhibit 16.1 to our Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2008.
We made the contents of our Form 8-K available to Pollack and requested it to furnish a letter to the Securities and Exchange Commission as to whether Pollack agreed or disagreed with, or wished to clarify our expression of our views. A copy of Pollack’s letter to the Securities and Exchange Commission is included as Exhibit 16.2 to that Form 8-K.

The report of Pollack on our financial statements for the period from March 27, 2007 (inception) to September 30, 2007, contained an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern. Other than this report modification, the report of Pollack on our financial statements for the period from March 27, 2007 (inception) to September 30, 2007 did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. 

We engaged KBL, as our new independent auditors, effective as of January 29, 2008, to audit our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, and to perform procedures related to the financial statements included in our current reports on Form 8-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-QSB or Form 10-Q. The decision to engage KBL was approved by our Board of Directors on January 29, 2008.

Other than in connection with our engagement of KBL, during the period from March 27, 2007 (inception) to September 30, 2007, and through the date of this registration statement,filing and determined there were no events to disclose except the following.

On January 25, 2022, we did not consult KBL, regarding either: (i)entered into an investment banking agreement with EF Hutton. The agreement contemplates the application of accounting principles toCompany raising additional capital in a specified transaction, completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be renderedregistered offering, listing on our financial statements, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-B or the related instructions thereto or a “reportable event” as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-B.


Legal Matters

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by the selling shareholders has been passed upon by M2 Law Professional Corporation, located in Newport Beach, California.

Experts

Our financial statements for the period from March 27, 2007, our date of formation to December 31, 2007exchange, and for the year ended December 31, 2008, appearing in this prospectus which is part of a Registration Statement were audited by KBL and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of KBL, as experts in accounting and auditing.

Additional Information

We have filedpreparing a registration statement under the Securities Act. The Company is responsible for EF Hutton’s external counsel legal costs, whether any offering is consummated or not.

Effective on Form S-1March 11, 2022, we filed Articles of Conversion with the SecuritiesNevada Secretary of State and Exchange Commission pursuanta Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Department of State, Division of Corporations and converted to a Delaware corporation. On March 29, 2022, we merged with a subsidiary, created on March 23, 2022, for the Securities Act of 1933.  This prospectus does not contain allsole purpose of the information set forth in the registration statementmerger, amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation, and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information regarding ussurviving corporation is Glucose Health, Inc. Our authorized common shares are 40,000,000 and our authorized preferred shares are 10,000,000. Our issued and outstanding common shares are 13,848,630 and our issued and outstanding preferred shares are 5,641,002 (including 1,000 Series A Voting Shares). On March 29, 2022, each previously issued and outstanding share of Series D preferred stock offered hereby, referencewas reverse split, ten for one, and where applicable, share references herein have been retrospectively modified to account for the reverse split.  On October 24, 2022, each previously issued and outstanding share of Series D and Series E preferred stock was forward split, three for one and four for one, respectively, and where applicable, share references herein have been retrospectively modified to account for the forward splits.

On March 14, 2022, we requested and received the resignations of our two independent directors. On March 21, 2022, our third independent director voluntarily resigned. Each independent director held 600,000 warrants. All 1,800,000 warrants were cancelled by the Company on March 22, 2022.

On April 1, 2022, we entered into a new consulting agreement with BTB Management Company, a company owned by our CEO/CFO and director, Murray Fleming. The agreement provides for quarterly payments of $24,000 and potential bonuses of up to $100,000 upon achievement of various corporate objectives. The agreement has no fixed term and continues until terminated by either party.

F-32

3,438,402

Shares of Common Stock

One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock

Glucose Health, Inc.

____________________________

PROSPECTUS

____________________________

Sole Bookrunner

EF HUTTON

division of Benchmark Investments, LLC

, 2023

Through and including , 2022 (the 25th day after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is madein addition to the registration statementa dealer’s obligation to deliver a Prospectus when acting as an underwriter and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement.


31

with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

74

Table of Contents

PART II -

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and FINRA filing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.

Offering Expenses

 

 

 

 

SEC registration fee

 

$

2,055

 

FINRA filing fee

 

$

5,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

$

[*]

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

$

[*]

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

$

[*]

 

Total

 

$

[*]

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers


Article Twelfth

We are a Delaware corporation and generally governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

Section 102(b)(7) of our Articlesthe DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto, to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for director liability with respect to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our A&R Charter provides for such limitation of liability.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides, among other things,and Bylaws provide that, our officers and directorsto the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a member of the Board shall not be personally liable to usthe Company or our shareholdersits stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as an officerowed to the Company its stockholders.

We maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

At the present time, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, exceptofficer, employee, or other agent of ours in which indemnification would be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for liability:


·  for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; or
·  for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemption by us.

Accordingly, our directors may have no liability to our shareholders for any mistakes or errors of judgment or for any act of omission, unless the act or omission involves intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of law or results in unlawful distributions to our shareholders.

Article V of our Bylaws also provides that our officers and directors shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.

such indemnification. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers andor persons controlling personsthe registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we havethe registrant has been advisedinformed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

We will pay all expenses in connection with the registration and sale of our common stock. None of the expenses will be paid by the selling security holders. The estimated expenses of issuance and distribution are set forth below.

Registration FeesApproximately$124.99
Transfer Agent FeesApproximately$250.00
Costs of Printing and EngravingApproximately$500.00
Legal FeesApproximately$10,000.00
Accounting FeesApproximately$5,000.00

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities


There have been no sales of

The following information is given with regard to unregistered securities withinsold during the lastpreceding three years which would be requiredincluding the dates and amounts of securities sold, the persons or class of persons to be disclosed pursuant to Item 701 of Regulation S-K, except forwhom we sold the following:


In May 2007, we issued Roger Corriveau, our former officersecurities, the consideration received in connection with such sales and, director, 6,000,000 shares, Gilbert Pomerleau 500,000 shares, and Ghislaine St-Hilaire 1,500,000 of our common stock for a total cash consideration of $8,000, or $0.001 per share. The sharesif the securities were issued or sold other than for cash, the description of the transaction and the type and amount of consideration received. The unregistered securities were made in a transaction which we believe satisfiesreliance upon the requirements of that certain exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirementsexemptions provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, Section 4(a)(1) of 1933, as amended, , which exemption is specified by the provisionsSecurities Act, Section 4(a)(2) of Section 5the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of that actRegulation D promulgated thereunder for the offer and Regulation S. There were no commissions paid on the sale of these shares. The investor wassecurities not involving a non-U.S. person and the salepublic offering. With respect to each transaction noted below, no general solicitation was made in an offshore transaction. No directed selling efforts were made inby either the United States by usCompany or any person acting on ourits behalf. The offer or sale was not made to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. person. The purchaser of theAll securities certified that it was not a U.S. person and was not acquiring theissued were restricted securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. person. The purchaser of the securities has agreed to resell such securities only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S or pursuant to registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares of common stock issued toand appropriate legends were placed on the purchaser contain a legend todocuments evidencing the effect that transfer is prohibited except in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation Ssecurities, indicating they may not be offered or sold absent registration or pursuant to registration under the Securities Act of 1933. We willan exemption. The following transactions noted below do not register any transfer of the securities unless such transfer is made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S or pursuant to registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

From June to September 2007,reflect our planned Common Stock Reverse Split.

75

Table of Contents

On April 1, 2019, we issued 1,286,500a warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to an individual upon appointment as a Company director. We recorded an expense of $94,260 based upon the $0.16 quoted price of our Common Stock. The warrant was cancelled on March 22, 2022.

On May 1, 2019, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with four investors. Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement we issued 4,000,000 shares of our common stock for $0.10 per share. The gross proceeds to us were $128,650.00. The shares were issued in a transaction which we believe satisfies the requirements of that certain exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, , which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S. There were no commissions paid on the sale of these shares. The investor was a non-U.S. person and the sale was made in an offshore transaction. No directed selling efforts were made in the United States by us or any person acting on our behalf. The offer or sale was not made to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. person. The purchaser of the securities certified that it was not a U.S. person and was not acquiring the securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. person. The purchaser of the securities has agreed to resell such securities only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S or pursuant to registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares of common stock issued to the purchaser contain a legend to the effect that transfer is prohibited except in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation S or pursuant to registration under the Securities Act of 1933. We will not register any transfer of the securities unless such transfer is made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S or pursuant to registration under the Securities Act of 1933.


Pursuant to a private placement offering, on December 18, 2008, we issued an aggregate of 421,502 shares of our restricted common stockCommon Stock at a price of $0.20 USD$0.05 per share and 3,466,668 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, at a price of $0.075 per share, to the investors for consideration of an aggregate amount of $460,000.

On June 3, 2019, we issued 40,000 shares of our Common Stock to an individual for services rendered to the Company pursuant to a verbal agreement. We valued the consideration received at $6,800 based upon the $0.17 quoted price of our Common Stock.

On June 3, 2019, we issued 57,500 shares of our Common Stock to an individual for services rendered to the Company pursuant to a verbal agreement. We valued the consideration received at $9,775 based upon the $0.17 quoted price of our Common Stock.

On July 15, 2019, we issued a warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to an individual upon appointment as a Company director. We recorded an expense of $96,720 based upon the $0.16 quoted price of our Common Stock. The warrant was cancelled on March 22, 2022.

On April 30, 2020, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with four investors. Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, we issued 866,668 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock, at a price of $0.075 per share, to the investors in consideration of an aggregate amount of $65,000.

On May 4, 2020, we issued 226,164 shares of our Common Stock pursuant to a notice of conversion of $3,392.47 principal and interest owing on a December 10, 2013, convertible promissory note issued by the Company acquired by the holder on November 1, 2017.

On June 1, 2020, we issued 200,000 shares of our Common Stock to a corporation pursuant to an agreement for advertising services. We valued the consideration received at $84,000 based upon the $0.42 quoted price of our Common Stock.

On June 10, 2020, we issued a warrant to purchase 600,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.10 per share to an individual upon appointment as a Company director. We recorded an expense of $440,694 based upon the $0.735 quoted price of our Common Stock. The warrant was cancelled on March 22, 2022.

On June 17, 2020, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with eight investors. Pursuant to the stock purchase agreement, we issued a total of 3,000,000 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock to the investors, at a price of $0.10 per share, in exchange for cashconsideration of $25,000 USD, and $59,725.00 CDN raised from Julyan aggregate amount of $300,000.

On February 11, 2021, we entered into stock purchase agreements with eleven investors. Pursuant to September 2008, as reported in our most recent quarterly report on Form 10-Q.  The shares werethe stock purchase agreements, we issued to a total of seven purchasers in transactions which we believe satisfies the requirements of that exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S promulgated pursuant to that act by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The proceeds were used for working capital.   The amount was reflected as a liability for stock to be issued on the balance sheet as of the quarter ending September 30, 2008 since we did not issue the shares at the time of subscription.


32

To convert outstanding loans to stock, on December 18, 2008, we issued an aggregate of 916,343480,000 shares of our common stockSeries E Preferred Stock to certain holdersthe investors, at a price of certain outstanding promissory notes$2.00 per share, in theconsideration of an aggregate amount of $115,000 CDN, who elected to convert the amounts due at the conversion price of $0.12 USD per share.  We$960,000.

On May 15, 2021, we issued an aggregate of 124,998197,347 shares of our common stockCommon Stock to certain holdersa corporation pursuant to an agreement for advertising services. We valued the consideration received at $412,455 based upon the $2.09 quoted price of certain outstandingour Common Stock.

On May 28, 2021, we converted 666,667 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, held by a trust into 666,667 shares of our Common Stock pursuant a notice of conversion.

On June 15, 2021, we issued 690,000 shares of our Common Stock to our CEO/CFO, pursuant to a notice of conversion of $7,590 principal and interest owing on an April 1, 2016, consolidated convertible promissory note, which consolidated 18 convertible promissory notes issued by the Company prior to April 1, 2016, without additional consideration to the holder.

On June 21, 2021, we converted 666,667 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, held by a corporation into 666,667 shares of our Common Stock pursuant to a notice of conversion.

On October 9, 2022, we converted 2,133,334 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock held by two shareholders into 2,133,334 shares of our Common Stock.  On the same day, we converted 700,001 shares of Series C Preferred stock held by three shareholders into 700,001 shares of our Common Stock.

On January 3, 2023, we converted 180,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock held by two shareholders into 180,000 shares of our Common Stock.

76

Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

Exhibits.

Incorporated by

Exhibit

Reference

Filed or Furnished

Number

Exhibit Description

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

Herewith

1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement

X

2.1**

Form of Plan and Agreement of Merger

S-1

2.1

06/01/22

2.2**

Certificate of Merger, March 29, 2022

S-1

2.2

06/01/22

3.1**

Articles of Conversion, Effective March 11, 2022

S-1

3.1

06/01/22

3.2**

Certificate of Conversion, Effective March 11, 2022

S-1

3.2

06/01/22

3.3**

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Glucose Health, Inc., March 29, 2022

S-1

3.3

06/01/22

3.4**

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Glucose Health, Inc.

S-1

3.4

06/01/22

3.5**

Certificate of Correction, April 13, 2022

S-1

3.5

06/01/22

3.6

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Glucose Health, Inc., October 24, 2022

X

4.1

Form of Representative’s Warrant Agreement

X

5.1*

Legal Opinion of Lucosky Brookman LLP

10.1**

Form of Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement

S-1

10.2

06/01/22

10.2**

Form of Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement

S-1

10.3

06/01/22

10.3**

Form of Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement

S-1

10.4

06/01/22

10.4**

Form of Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement

S-1

10.5

06/01/22

10.5#**

Convertible Promissory Note issued to BTB Management Company, dated April 1, 2016

S-1

10.6

08/05/22

10.6#**

Services Agreement by and between Glucose Health, Inc. and BTB Management Company, dated July 1, 2021

S-1

10.6

09/02/22

10.7†**

Services Agreement by and between Glucose Health, Inc. and BTB Management Company, dated April 1, 2022

S-1

10.7

06/01/22

10.8†**

Consulting agreement by and between Cascadia Managing Brands, LLC, dated February 1, 2022

S-1

10.8

06/01/22

10.9†**

Form of Independent Director Agreement between Glucose Health, Inc. and William Sipper

S-1

10.9

08/05/22

10.10†**

Form of Independent Director Agreement between Glucose Health, Inc. and Robert Sipper

S-1

10.10

08/05/22

10.11†

Consent of Sarah Berman, dated November 24, 2022

X

10.12

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

X

23.1

Consent of FRUCI & Associates II, PLLC, dated January 6, 2023

X

23.2*

Consent of Lucosky Brookman LLP (reference is made to Exhibit 5.1)

99.1

Audit Committee Charter

X

99.2

Compensation Committee Charter

X

99.3

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

X

99.4

Code of Ethics

X

99.5**

Consent of Robert Sipper, May 18, 2022

S-1

99.4

06/01/22

99.6**

Consent of William Sipper, May 18, 2022

S-1

99.5

06/01/22

99.7

Consent of Heidi Skolnik, October 17, 2022

X

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

107

Filing Fee Table

* To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.

† Executive compensation plan or arrangement

# Certain information contained in this Exhibit, identified by [***], has been excluded pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K because it is both not material and is the type of information that Glucose Health, Inc. treats as private or confidential.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the amount of $15,000 USD, who electedfinancial statements or related notes.

77

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to convert the amounts due at the conversion price of $0.12 USD per share.  The shares were issued in transactions which we believe satisfies the requirements of that exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S promulgated pursuant to that act by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The original promissory notes were short term loans for amounts ranging between $5,000 and $45,000 (CD$) each and were provided to us for working capital.

On October 30, 2008, we issued 1,550,000 shares of common stock to three consultants in exchange for services provided to us, which were valued at $310,000 or $0.20 per share. The shares were issued in transactions which we believe satisfies the requirements of that exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, which exemption is specified by the provisions of Section 5 of that act and Regulation S promulgated pursuant to that act by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibits

Copies of the following documents are filed with this registration statement, Form S-1, as exhibits:

Exhibit No.

1.                      Underwriting Agreement (not applicable)

3.1                    Articles of Incorporation*

3.2                      Bylaws*

5.                      Executed Opinion Re: Legality

8.                      Opinion Re: Tax Matters (not applicable)

10.1                      License Agreement with Oceanutrasciences Inc.**

11.                      Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings***

23.1                      Consent of Auditors

23.2                      Consent of Counsel****

*           Filed as Exhibits to our registration statement on Form SB-2 filed on December 7, 2007.
**         Filed as an Exhibit to Form 8-K filed on September 16, 2008
***       Included in Financial Statements
****    Included in Exhibit 5

33

Undertakings

A. We hereby undertake:

(1)To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

statement:

(i) To include any prospectusProspectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;


(ii) To reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each Prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than Prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or Prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or Prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or Prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 
(ii)Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement; and Notwithstanding the forgoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation From the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospects filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in the volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

78


 (iii)Include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution.

(2)  
For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona fide offering.
(3)  
File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.
(4)  For determining liability of the undersigned small business issuer under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned small business issuer undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned small business issuer pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned small business issuer will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
i.  
ii.  
iii.  
iv.  

B.
(1)Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

(2)In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

C.Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

34


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1registration statement or amendment thereto to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Bio-Solutions Corp.
a Nevada corporation
authorized, in Bentonville, AR, on January 9, 2023.

Glucose Health, Inc.

/s/ Gilles Chaumillon

April 22, 2009

Dr. Gilles Chaumillon

By:

/s/ Murray Fleming

Principal Executive Officer, President,

Murray Fleming

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Gilbert PomerleauApril 22, 2009
Gilbert Pomerleau
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Director
In accordance with

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement wasRegistration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities andheld on the dates stated:


indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Murray Fleming

Chief Executive Officer

January 9, 2023

Murray Fleming

(principal executive officer) and Sole Director

/s/Murray Fleming

Chief Financial Officer

January 9, 2023

Murray Fleming

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 
/s/ Gilles ChaumillonApril 22, 2009

79

Dr. Gilles Chaumillon
Principal Executive Officer, President, Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Gilbert PomerleauApril 22, 2009
Gilbert Pomerleau
Principal Accounting Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Director 
/s/ Ghislaine St-HilaireApril 22, 2009
Ghislaine St-Hilaire
Vice-President, Secretary, Director 

35